ML14338A082: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Final JPM A 1 NRC Job Performance Measure "aFacility: Vogtle Task No:
{{#Wiki_filter:Final JPM A NRC Job Performance Measure a Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-09028 Task Title: Perform a Manual Makeup to the VCT JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13009-HL19 K/A  
V-LO-TA-09028 Task Title: Perform a Manual Makeup to the VCT
 
JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13009-HL1 9  K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
004A4.12 RO 3.8    SRO 3.3 Examinee: _________________
004A4.12           RO 3.8    SRO 3.3 Examinee: ___________________________                      NRC Examiner: ______________________
__________ NRC Examiner: ______________________
Facility Evaluator: _____________________                 Date: ______________________________
Facility Evaluator: _____________________
Method of testing:
Date: ______________________________ Method of testing:
Simulated Performance _________________                    Actual Performance __________________
Simulated Performance ________
Classroom ______________                   Simulator _____________               Plant ____________
_________ Actual Performance ___________
NOTE TO EXAMINER: For time considerations, the candidates should pre-brief and review 13009-1 prior to starting the JPM.
_______
Classroom ______________
Simulator _____________ Plant _________
___  NOTE TO EXAMINER
: For time considerations, the candidates should "pre-brief" and review 13009-1 prior to starting the JPM.
Read to the examinee:
Read to the examinee:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied. Initial Conditions:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.
Automatic VCT makeup is not available due to a problem with the level control circuit.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Current VCT level is 32%
Initial Conditions:         Automatic VCT makeup is not available due to a problem with the level control circuit.
.
Current VCT level is 32%.
Current RCS boron concentration is 9 0 7 ppm. Current BAST concentration is 7000 ppm.
Current RCS boron concentration is 907 ppm.
Current BAST concentration is 7000 ppm.
Initiating Cue:            The Shift Supervisor has directed you to perform a manual makeup to the VCT to raise level to 50% using 13009-1, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System. No recent makeups have been recorded in the logs.
1


Initiating Cue:
Task Standard:     Candidate correctly initiates a manual makeup to raise VCT level and then manually stops the makeup when the BA FLOW DEVIATION alarm is received prior to adding an additional 200 gallons of diluted makeup.
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to perform a manual makeup to the VCT to raise level to 50% using 13009-1, "CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System
Required Materials: 13009-1, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System (rev. 50) 17007-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB07 on Panel 1A2 on MCB (rev. 29.1)
."  No recent makeups have been recorded in the log
: s.
2 Task Standard:
Candidate correctly initiates a manual makeup to raise VCT level and then manually stops the makeup when the BA FLOW DEVIATION alarm is received prior to adding an additional 200 gallons of diluted makeup
. Required Materials:
13009-1, "CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System" (rev. 50) 17007-1, "Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB07 on Panel 1A2 on MCB" (rev. 29.1)
General  
General  


==References:==
==References:==
None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time:    10 minutes 2


None Time Critical Task:
SIMULATOR SETUP:
No  Validation Time:
Reset to IC163 for HL19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:
1 0 minutes 
: 1. Reset to IC14 (MOL 100%) and verify 120 gpm letdown is in service
 
: 2. Verify BATP #1 is in AUTO and BATP #2 is in STOP
SIMULATOR SETUP:
: 3. Verify RMUWP #1 is in AUTO and RMUWP #2 is in STOP
Reset to IC 163 for HL1 9 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:
: 4. Lower VCT level to 32% and then allow VCT pressure to stabilize
: 1. Reset to IC14 (MOL 100%)
: 5. Override ALB07-F01 BA FLOW DEVIATION to ON on Trigger 1
and verify 120 gpm letdown is in service
: 6. Override meter 1FI-110A to ~8 gpm on Trigger 1
: 2. Verify B A TP #1 is in AUTO and BATP #2 is in STOP 3. Verify RMUWP #1 is in AUTO and RMUWP #2 is in STOP
: 4. Lower VCT level to 32%
and then allow VCT pressure to stab ilize 5. Override ALB07-F01 BA FLOW DEVIATION to ON on Trigger 1
: 6. Override meter 1FI
-110A to ~8 gpm on Trigger 1
: 7. Insert malfunction CV17 on Trigger 1
: 7. Insert malfunction CV17 on Trigger 1
: 8. Override 1HS
: 8. Override 1HS-110A closed on Trigger 1
-110A closed on Trigger 1
: 9. Override 1HS-110A red light ON and green light OFF on Trigger 1
: 9. Override 1HS
-110A red light ON and green light OFF on Trigger 1
: 10. Acknowledge / Reset alarms
: 10. Acknowledge / Reset alarms
: 11. Reset both digital Integrators to zero
: 11. Reset both digital Integrators to zero
: 12. Freeze simulator 1 3. Ensure RCS boron status board is updated for RCS 9 0 7 ppm and BAST 7000 ppm NOTE TO SIMULATOR OPERATOR:
: 12. Freeze simulator
: 13. Ensure RCS boron status board is updated for RCS 907 ppm and BAST 7000 ppm NOTE TO SIMULATOR OPERATOR:
Reset Integrators to zero. This must be done for each reset.
Reset Integrators to zero. This must be done for each reset.
Ensure RCS boron status board is updated for RCS 907 ppm and BAST 7000 ppm Setup time:
Ensure RCS boron status board is updated for RCS 907 ppm and BAST 7000 ppm Setup time: 10 minutes 3
1 0 minutes 4 Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
_______________________________________________________
_____________________


START TIME: __________
Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
JPM 1. Section 4.6 of 13009-1, "CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System
____________________________________________________________________________
," is selected to perform a manual makeup to the VCT
START TIME: __________
. Standard: Candidate selects Section 4.6 of 13009-1, "CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System.Comment:
JPM 1.         Section 4.6 of 13009-1, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System, is selected to perform a manual makeup to the VCT.
_____________________________________________________________
Standard:       Candidate selects Section 4.6 of 13009-1, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System.
_______________  *JPM 2. 4.6 Manual Makeup CAUTIONS If Manual Makeup is being performed to maintain VCT level when letdown is being diverted, letdown should not exceed 75 gpm.
Comment:
BAST concentration is inaccurate until sampled following batching. Temperature and power should be closely monitored following manual makeup to the VCT with the BAST concentration inaccurate.
____________________________________________________________________________
NOTE Volumetric change in VCT is equal to 19.2 gallons per percent change in level. 4.6.1.1 Set TOTAL MAKEUP Integrator 1
*JPM 2.         4.6 Manual Makeup CAUTIONS
-FQI-0111 to the desired amount of Total Makeup Water.
* If Manual Makeup is being performed to maintain VCT level when letdown is being diverted, letdown should not exceed 75 gpm.
Standard: Candidate reviews CAUTIONS and NOTE and calculates the total makeup required to raise VCT level from 32% to 50% (18%) using: (19.2 gallons / % x 18% = 345.6 gallons) and sets 1-FQI-0111 to 34 5 - 346 326.4 - 364.8 gallons by depressing the gray pushbutton under the digit to be changed (red pushbutton will reset reading to all zeros
* BAST concentration is inaccurate until sampled following batching.
). Comment:   ______________________________________________
Temperature and power should be closely monitored following manual makeup to the VCT with the BAST concentration inaccurate.
______________________________
NOTE Volumetric change in VCT is equal to 19.2 gallons per percent change in level.
4.6.1.1 Set TOTAL MAKEUP Integrator 1-FQI-0111 to the desired amount of Total Makeup Water.
Standard:       Candidate reviews CAUTIONS and NOTE and calculates the total makeup required to raise VCT level from 32% to 50% (18%) using: (19.2 gallons / %
x 18% = 345.6 gallons) and sets 1-FQI-0111 to 345 - 346 326.4 - 364.8 gallons by depressing the gray pushbutton under the digit to be changed (red pushbutton will reset reading to all zeros).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
4


5 _______________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________
*JPM 3.
  *JPM 3. CAUTION Digital counters and thumbwheel settings on BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1-FQI-0110 read in tenth
CAUTION Digital counters and thumbwheel settings on BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1-FQI-0110 read in tenth-gallon increments.
-gallon increments.
4.6.1.2 Set BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1-FQI-0110 to the amount of boric acid as follows:
4.6.1.2 Set BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1
-FQI-0110 to the amount of boric acid as follows:
: a. Calculate estimated volume of boric acid using the following calculation.
: a. Calculate estimated volume of boric acid using the following calculation.
Gallons of Boric Acid = Total M/U x RCS Cb BAST Cb Standard: Candidate reviews CAUTION and correctly calculates amount of boric acid to add using the total makeup number calculated in Step 4.6.1.1 (345  
Gallons of Boric Acid = Total M/U x RCS Cb BAST Cb Standard:     Candidate reviews CAUTION and correctly calculates amount of boric acid to add using the total makeup number calculated in Step 4.6.1.1 (345 - 346 gallons) and the equation:
- 346 gallons) and the equation:
345.6 gallons x 907 ppm = 44.8 gallons (44.7 - 44.9 gallons) 7000 ppm Note: This range may be expanded, based on the value determined in JPM step 2.
345.6 gallons x 9 07 ppm = 4 4.8 gallons (4 4.7 - 4 4.9 gallons) 7000 ppm   Note: This range may be expanded, based on the value determined in JPM step 2.
Comment:
Comment:   _________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
_________________
JPM 4.       4.6.1.2 Set BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1-FQI-0110 to the amount of boric acid as follows:
__________________________
JPM 4. 4.6.1.2 Set BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1
-FQI-0110 to the amount of boric acid as follows:
: b. Review logs for recent makeups to confirm calculated volume of Boric Acid is appropriate.
: b. Review logs for recent makeups to confirm calculated volume of Boric Acid is appropriate.
CUE: If requested, "Refer to initiating cue sheet
CUE:         If requested, Refer to initiating cue sheet.
."  Standard: Candidate confirms no recent makeup has occurred (initial conditions)
Standard:     Candidate confirms no recent makeup has occurred (initial conditions).
. Comment:
Comment:
_____________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________
5


6 _______________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________
*JPM 5.
  *JPM 5. NOTE Minor adjustments from the calculated boric acid volume and recent makeup data may be required based on burnup, plant conditions, and desired RCS temperature response.
NOTE Minor adjustments from the calculated boric acid volume and recent makeup data may be required based on burnup, plant conditions, and desired RCS temperature response.
CUE: If requested , "Use the calculated boric acid volume. No adjustments are required.4.6.1.2 Set BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1
CUE:         If requested, Use the calculated boric acid volume.
-FQI-0110 to the amount of boric acid as follows:
No adjustments are required.
: c. Adjust Boric Acid to Blender Integrator 1
4.6.1.2 Set BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1-FQI-0110 to the amount of boric acid as follows:
-FQI-0110 to the desired volume based on plant conditions and desired reactivity response.
: c. Adjust Boric Acid to Blender Integrator 1-FQI-0110 to the desired volume based on plant conditions and desired reactivity response.
Standard: Candidate reviews NOTE and sets 1-FQI-0110 to 44.7 - 44.9 gallons by depressing the gray pushbutton under the digit to be changed (red pushbutton will reset reading to all zeros).
Standard:   Candidate reviews NOTE and sets 1-FQI-0110 to 44.7 - 44.9 gallons by depressing the gray pushbutton under the digit to be changed (red pushbutton will reset reading to all zeros).
Comment:   ________________________________________
Comment:
____________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 6. 4.6.1.3 Adjust BORIC ACID Flow Controller 1
*JPM 6.     4.6.1.3 Adjust BORIC ACID Flow Controller 1-FIC-0110 pot setting using the following formula and verify controller is in AUTO:
-FIC-0110 pot setting using the following formula and verify controller is in AUTO
1-FIC-0110 pot setting = RCS Cb x 25 BAST Cb NOTE TO EXAMINER: Potentiometer may require slight adjustment by the candidate depending on simulator reset.
1-FIC-0110 pot setting = RCS Cb x 25 BAST Cb NOTE TO EXAMINER: Potentiometer may require slight adjustment by the candidate depending on simulator reset
Standard:   Candidate correctly calculates 1-FIC-0110 potentiometer setting using:
. Standard: Candidate correctly calculates 1-FIC-0110 potentiometer setting using:
(907 ppm x 25 / 7000 ppm) = 3.24 and adjusts 1-FIC-0110 potentiometer, if required, to 3.23 - 3.25. Candidate also checks controller in AUTO by observing AUTO light lit on 1-FIC-0110.
(9 07 ppm x 25 / 7000 ppm) = 3.2 4 and adjusts 1
Comment:
-FIC-0110 potentiometer, if required, to 3.2 3 - 3.2 5. Candidate also checks controller in AUTO by observing AUTO light lit on 1
____________________________________________________________________________
-FIC-0110. Comment:   _______________________________
6
_____________________________________________


7 _______________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________
*JPM 7. 4.6.1.4 Place VCT MAKEUP CONTROL 1-HS-40001B in STOP.
  *JPM 7. 4.6.1.4 Place VCT MAKEUP CONTROL 1
Standard:   Candidate disables makeup control system by placing 1-HS-40001B to STOP (green light ON, red light OFF).
-HS-40001B in STOP.
Comment:
Standard: Candidate disables makeup control system by placing 1-HS-40001B to STOP (green light ON, red light OFF).
____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:
*JPM 8. 4.6.1.5 Place VCT MAKEUP MODE SELECT 1-HS-40001A in MAN.
Standard:  Candidate selects the manual makeup mode by placing 1-HS-40001A to MAN (one click clockwise).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 9.      4.6.1.6 Verify the following:
* BA TO BLENDER 1-HS-0110A in AUTO.
* RX MU WTR TO BA BLENDER 1-HS-0111A in AUTO.
* One Boric Acid Transfer Pump in AUTO or START.
* One Reactor Makeup Water Pump in AUTO or START.
* Verify TOTAL MAKEUP Flow controller 1-FIC-0111 is in AUTO with pot set for 100 gpm (approximately 6.25) total flow rate.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: This is the normal line-up for these components.
Standard:  Candidate checks handswitches and controller to verify:
* 1-HS-0110A is in the AUTO position
* 1-HS-0111A is in the AUTO position
* BATP #1, 1-HS-276A, is in the AUTO position (placing in START is acceptable)
* RMUWP #1, 1-HS-7762, is in the AUTO position (placing in START is acceptable)
* 1-FIC-0111 is in AUTO (AUTO light lit) and set at ~ 6.25 (making a slight adjustment is allowed, if required)
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
7


_________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________
*JPM 10.
  *JPM 8. 4.6.1.5  Place VCT MAKEUP MODE SELECT 1
NOTE
-HS-40001A in MAN
* While letdown is configured for 120 gpm, the preferred flow path for Manual Makeup is through 1-FV-0110B BLENDER OUTLET TO CHARGING PUMPS SUCT unless RMWST dissolved oxygen level is out of specification.
.
* The design capacity of the VCT spray nozzles allow makeup with 120 gpm letdown in service IF VCT pressure can be maintained less than 25 psig.
Standard: Candidate selects the manual makeup mode by placing 1-HS-40001A to MAN (one click clockwise
* If VCT pressure cannot be maintained less than 25 psig and makeup to the top of the VCT is required, then letdown should be reduced to 75 gpm, otherwise total flow may be reduced below 100 gpm due to backpressure.
). Comment:
__________________________________________
__________________________________
JPM 9. 4.6.1.6  Verify the following:
BA TO BLENDER 1
-HS-0110A in AUTO.
RX MU WTR TO BA BLENDER 1
-HS-0111A in AUTO.
One Boric Acid Transfer Pump in AUTO or START.
One Reactor Makeup Water Pump in AUTO or START.
Verify TOTAL MAKEUP Flow controller 1
-FIC-0111 is in AUTO with pot set for 100 gpm (approximately 6.25) total flow rate.
NOTE TO EXAMINER:
This is the normal line-up for these components.
Standard: Candidate checks handswitches and controller to verify:  1-HS-0110A is in the AUTO position  1-HS-0111A is in the AUTO position  BATP #1, 1-HS-276A, is in the AUTO position (placing in START is acceptable)
RMUWP #1, 1
-HS-7762, is in the AUTO position (placing in START is acceptable) 1-FIC-0111 is in AUTO (AUTO light lit) and set at ~ 6.25 (making a slight adjustment is allowed, if required)
 
Comment:    ____________________________________________
__________________
______________
8 ____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 10. NOTE  While letdown is configured for 120 gpm, the preferred flow path for Manual Makeup is through 1
-FV-0110B BLENDER OUTLET TO CHARGING PUMPS SUCT unless RMWST dissolved oxygen level is out of specification
. The design capacity of the VCT spray nozzles allow makeup with 120 gpm letdown in service IF VCT pressure can be maintained less than 25 psig
. If VCT pressure cannot be maintained less than 25 psig and makeup to the top of the VCT is required, then letdown should be reduced to 75 gpm, otherwise total flow may be reduced below 100 gpm due to backpressure.
CAUTION With either Blender Outlet valve handswitch in the open position, an automatic isolation will not occur due to a Boric Acid and/or Total Makeup Flow Deviations.
CAUTION With either Blender Outlet valve handswitch in the open position, an automatic isolation will not occur due to a Boric Acid and/or Total Makeup Flow Deviations.
CUE: If requested, "RMWST dissolved oxygen level is within specification."
CUE:           If requested, RMWST dissolved oxygen level is within specification.
4.6.1.7 Open one of the following valves
4.6.1.7 Open one of the following valves:
BLENDER OUTLET TO CHARGING PUMPS SUCT 1
BLENDER OUTLET TO CHARGING PUMPS SUCT 1-FV-0110B OR NOTE 1-FV-0111B should be selected if oxygen level of water in RMWST is out of specification.
-FV-0110B OR NOTE 1-FV-0111B should be selected if oxygen level of water in RMWST is out of specification.
BLENDER OUTLET TO VCT 1-FV-0111B Standard:     Candidate reviews NOTES and CAUTION and opens 1-FV-0110B by placing 1-HS-0110B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON). Based on the previous NOTE and 120 gpm letdown in service, the candidate should NOT open 1-FV-0111B.
BLENDER OUTLET TO VCT 1-FV-0111B Standard: Candidate reviews NOTE S and CAUTION and opens 1-FV-0110B by placing 1
Comment:
-HS-0110B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).
____________________________________________________________________________
Based on the previous NOTE and 120 gpm letdown in service, the candidate should NOT open 1
8
-FV-0111B. Comment:   ____________________________________________
___________
_____________________


9 ________________
____________________________________________________________________________
________________________________
*JPM 11.
____________________________
NOTES
  *JPM 11. NOTES Manual makeup can be stopped at any time by placing 1
* Manual makeup can be stopped at any time by placing 1-HS-40001B in STOP.
-HS-40001B in STOP.
* VCT level should be maintained between 30 and 87 percent. (1-LIC-0185 controller pot should normally be set to 8.7)
VCT level should be maintained between 30 and 87 percent.
* VCT Pressure 1-PI-115 should be maintained between 20 and 45 psig.
(1-LIC-0185 controller pot should normally be set to 8.7)
4.6.1.8 Place VCT MAKEUP CONTROL 1-HS-40001B in START and perform the following:
VCT Pressure 1
* Verify Boric Acid Transfer Pump is running.
-PI-115 should be maintained between 20 and 45 psig.
* Verify Reactor Makeup Water Pump is running.
4.6.1.8 Place VCT MAKEUP CONTROL 1
* Verify BORIC ACID TO BLENDER 1-FV-0110A throttles open to provide the correct flow of boric acid.
-HS-40001B in START and perform the following
* Verify REACTOR MU WTR TO BLENDER 1-FV-0111A throttles open to provide correct total flow.
Verify Boric Acid Transfer Pump is running.
* If desired, control Boric Acid Flow controller 1-FIC-0110 by adjusting pot OR using up/down pushbuttons to control boric acid at the desired flow rate.
Verify Reactor Makeup Water Pump is running.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: All bulleted items will operate correctly.
Verify BORIC ACID TO BLENDER 1-FV-011 0A throttles open to provide the correct flow of boric acid.
Standard:     Candidate reviews NOTES and initiates makeup to the VCT by placing 1-HS-40001B to START (green light OFF, red light ON).
Verify REACTOR MU W TR TO BLENDER 1-FV-0111A throttles open to provide correct total flow.
Comment:
If desired, control Boric Acid Flow controller 1
____________________________________________________________________________
-FIC-0110 by adjusting pot OR using up/down pushbuttons to control boric acid at the desired flow rate. NOTE TO EXAMINER: All bulleted items will operate correctly.
9
Standard: Candidate reviews NOTES and initiates makeup to the VCT by placing 1
-HS-40001B to START (green light OFF, red light ON)
.
Comment:   ________________________________________________
____________________________


10 ________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
_______________________
JPM 12. 4.6.1.9 Monitor counters on BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1-FQI-0110 and TOTAL MAKEUP Integrator 1-FQI-0111 and perform the following:
_____  JPM 12. 4.6.1.9 Monitor counters on BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1
* WHEN counter on 1-FQI-0110 BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator reaches its setpoint, verify 1-FV-0110A BORIC ACID TO BLENDER is closed.
-FQI-0110 and TOTAL MAKEUP Integrator 1
* WHEN counter on 1-FQI-0111 TOTAL MAKEUP Integrator reaches its setpoint, verify 1-FV-0111A REACTOR MAKEUP WATER TO BLENDER is closed.
-FQI-0111 and perform the following:
CUE:       Simulator operator inserts Trigger 1 for BA FLOW DEVIATION annunciator and to lower boric acid flow rate.
WHEN counter on 1
GALLONS READ ON 1-FQI-111 WHEN ANNUNCIATOR IS RECEIVED: __________
-FQI-0110 BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator reaches its setpoint, verify 1
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may refer to the ARP for the annunciator, which lists the probable cause as a boric acid transfer system malfunction or a 1-FV-0110A malfunction.
-FV-0110A BORIC ACID TO BLENDER is closed. WHEN counter on 1
Standard:   Candidate acknowledges the ALB07-F01 BA FLOW DEVIATION annunciator.
-FQI-0111 TOTAL MAKEUP Integrator reaches its setpoint, verify 1
Comment:
-FV-0111A REACTOR MAKEUP WATER TO BLENDER is closed. CUE: Simulator operator inserts Trigger 1 for BA FLOW DEVIATION annunciator and to lower boric acid flow rate. GALLONS READ ON 1
____________________________________________________________________________
-FQI-111 WHEN ANNUNCIATOR IS RECEIVED: __________
*JPM 13. Manual makeup to VCT is terminated due to abnormal boric acid flow deviation.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may refer to the ARP for the annunciator, which lists the probable cause as a boric acid transfer system malfunction or a 1-FV-0110A malfunction
GALLONS READ ON 1-FQI-111 WHEN MAKEUP IS TERMINATED: __________
. Standard: Candidate acknowledges the ALB07-F01 BA FLOW DEVIATION annunciator
Standard:   Candidate terminates the manual makeup by placing 1-HS-40001B to STOP before 200 gallons of makeup are added AFTER receipt of the BA FLOW DEVIATION annunciator. NOTE: 200 gallon addition takes about two minutes and equates to ~1% power increase.
.
Comment:
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 13. Manual makeup to VCT is terminated due to abnormal boric acid flow deviation.
STOP TIME: __________
GALLONS READ ON 1
Terminating cue:           Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
-FQI-111 WHEN MAKEUP IS TERMINATED:
10
__________
Standard: Candidate terminates the manual makeup by placing 1
-HS-40001B to STOP before 200 gallons of makeup are added AFTER receipt of the BA FLOW DEVIATION annunciator
. NOTE: 200 gallon addition takes about two minutes and equates to ~1% power increase.
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
STOP TIME: __________
Terminating cue:
Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
 
11 Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No
.: V-NRC-JP-13009-HL1 9 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:


Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-13009-HL19 Examinees Name:
Examiners Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question: __________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _____________________________  ______________
11


Question: _________________________________________
Initial Conditions: Automatic VCT makeup is not available due to a problem with the level control circuit.
_________________________
__________________________________________
_____________
___________________
 
__________________________________________
_____________
___________________
Response: _________________________________
_____________
___________________
__________________________________________
_____________
___________________
__________________________________________
_____________
___________________
________________________________________
_______________
___________________
Result: Satisfactory
/ Unsatisfactory Examiner's signature and date:
_____________________________
______________ 
 
Initial Conditions:
Automatic VCT makeup is not available due to a problem with the level control circuit.
 
Current VCT level is 32%.
Current VCT level is 32%.
 
Current RCS boron concentration is 907 ppm.
Current RCS boron concentration is 9 07 ppm.
Current BAST concentration is 7000 ppm.
Current BAST concentration is 7000 ppm.
Initiating Cue:    The Shift Supervisor has directed you to perform a manual makeup to the VCT to raise level to 50% using 13009-1, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System. No recent makeups have been recorded in the logs.


Initiating Cue:
Final JPM B NRC Job Performance Measure b Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-13012 Task Title: Transfer ECCS Pumps to Hot Leg Recirculation JPM No: V-NRC-JP-19014-HL19 K/A  
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to perform a manual makeup to the VCT to raise level to 50% using 13009
-1, "CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System
."  No recent makeups have been recorded in the logs.
 
Final JPM B 1 NRC Job Performance Measure "bFacility: Vogtle Task No:
V-LO-TA-13012 Task Title: Transfer ECCS Pumps to Hot Leg Recirculation JPM No: V-NRC-JP-19014-HL19 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
011EA1.11           RO 4.2     SRO 4.2 Examinee: ___________________________                      NRC Examiner: ______________________
0 11E A1.11   RO 4.2   SRO 4.2 Examinee: _______________
Facility Evaluator: _____________________                  Date: ______________________________
____________
NRC Examiner: _______
_______________
Facility Evaluator: ______________
_______ Date: ______________________________
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance _______________
Simulated Performance ________________                    Actual Performance ___________________
Actual Performance ___________________
Classroom ______________                  Simulator ______________              Plant _____________
Read to the examinee:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Initial Conditions:        A large break LOCA occurred approximately 7.5 hours ago. The crew is at Step 31 of 19010-C, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, which directs the transfer to hot leg recirculation.
Initiating Cue:            The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Transfer the ECCS pumps to hot leg recirculation using 19014-C.
1


Classroom ______________
Task Standard:     Candidate realigns available ECCS pumps to the hot leg recirculation mode. Train B SI cannot be aligned to the hot leg recirculation mode due to a valve failure, so it will be realigned for cold leg recirculation.
Simulator ______________
Required Materials: 19014-C, Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation (rev. 15.2)
Plant __________
___  Read to the examinee:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure wi ll be satisfied.
Initial Conditions:
A large break LOCA occurred approximately 7.5 hours ago
. The crew is at Step 31 of 19010
-C, "Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant ," which directs the transfer to hot leg recirculation.
Initiating Cue:
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to
, "Transfer the ECCS pumps to hot leg recirculation using 19014
-C."
Task Standard:
Candidate realigns available ECCS pumps to the hot leg recirculation mode. Train 'B' SI cannot be aligned to the hot leg recirculation mode due to a valve failure , so it will be realigned for cold leg recirculation
.
Required Materials:
19014-C, "Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation" (rev. 15.2)
General  
General  


==References:==
==References:==
None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time:    8 minutes 2


None Time Critical Task:
SIMULATOR SETUP:
No  Validation Time:
Reset to IC162 for HL-19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:
8 minutes 3 SIMULATOR SETUP:
Reset to IC 162 for HL-1 9 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:
: 1. Reset to IC14 (100% MOL).
: 1. Reset to IC14 (100% MOL).
: 2. Insert M alfunction RC03C (DBA LOCA).
: 2. Insert Malfunction RC03C (DBA LOCA).
: 3. Place all ECCS Lockout switches to ON.
: 3. Place all ECCS Lockout switches to ON.
: 4. Trip all RCPs.
: 4. Trip all RCPs.
: 5. Use Remote Function TK09 at 100,000 gpm to transfer RWST mass to the CNMT sumps. 6. Verify RWST level is < 2 9% and set TK09 to 0 gpm, then delete it
: 5. Use Remote Function TK09 at 100,000 gpm to transfer RWST mass to the CNMT sumps.
. 7. Perform 19013
: 6. Verify RWST level is < 29% and set TK09 to 0 gpm, then delete it.
-C , Steps 1 and 2, Attachment A, and then Steps 3 through 15.
: 7. Perform 19013-C, Steps 1 and 2, Attachment A, and then Steps 3 through 15.
: 8. Use remote function s CV-17 and CV-18 for LOCAL control of LV
: 8. Use remote functions CV-17 and CV-18 for LOCAL control of LV-112D and E.
-112D and E.
: 9. Override HS-8802B to CLOSE.
: 9. Override HS
: 10. Acknowledge / Reset alarms.
-8802 B to CLOSE. 1 0. Acknowledge / Reset alarms
: 11. Freeze simulator.
. 1 1. Freeze simulator
Setup time: 20 minutes 3
. Setup time: 20 minutes


4 Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
 
START TIME: __________
START TIME: __________
*JPM 1.       Align RHR system flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
  *JPM 1. Align RHR system flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
1.a. Align RHR Train A for Hot Leg Recirculation as follows:
1.a. Align RHR Train A for Hot Leg Recirculation as follows:
: 1) Close HV-8809A - RHR PMP-A TO COLD LEG 1&2 ISO VLV
: 1)   Close HV-8809A - RHR PMP-A TO COLD LEG 1&2 ISO VLV.
. 2) Open HV-8716A - RHR TRAIN A TO HOT LEG CROSSOVER ISO
: 2)   Open HV-8716A - RHR TRAIN A TO HOT LEG CROSSOVER ISO.
. CUE: If candidate responds to the CSFST alarms, "An extra operator will evaluate the CSFSTs
CUE:           If candidate responds to the CSFST alarms, An extra operator will evaluate the CSFSTs.
."  Standard: Candidate closes 1-HV-8809A by placing 1HS
Standard:     Candidate closes 1-HV-8809A by placing 1HS-8809A to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF) and opens 1-HV-8716A by placing 1HS-8716A to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).
-8809A to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF) and opens 1
Comment:
-HV-8716A by placing 1HS
____________________________________________________________________________
-8716A to OPEN (green light O FF, red light O N). Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 2.       Align RHR system flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
  *JPM 2. Align RHR system flow path for Hot L eg recirculation:
1.b. Align RHR Train B for HL Recirculation as follows:
1.b. Align RHR Train B for HL Recirculation as follows:
: 1) Close HV-8809 B - RHR PMP-B TO COLD LEG 3&4 ISO VLV. 2) Open HV-8716 B - RHR TRAIN B TO HOT LEG CROSSOVER ISO.
: 1)   Close HV-8809B - RHR PMP-B TO COLD LEG 3&4 ISO VLV.
Standard: Candidate closes 1
: 2)   Open HV-8716B - RHR TRAIN B TO HOT LEG CROSSOVER ISO.
-HV-8809 B by placing 1HS
Standard:     Candidate closes 1-HV-8809B by placing 1HS-8809B to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF) and opens 1-HV-8716B by placing 1HS-8716B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).
-8809 B to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF) and opens 1
Comment:
-HV-8716 B by placing 1HS
____________________________________________________________________________
-8716 B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).
4
Comment:


____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
 
JPM 3.     Align RHR system flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
5 ______________
______________________________________________________________
JPM 3. Align RHR system flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
1.c. At least one Train of RHR realigned for Hot Leg recirculation.
1.c. At least one Train of RHR realigned for Hot Leg recirculation.
Standard: Candidate determines both RHR Train s are realigned for Hot Leg recirculation (candidate may check RHR pumps operating, all valves positioned as required, and system parameters are as expected)
Standard:   Candidate determines both RHR Trains are realigned for Hot Leg recirculation (candidate may check RHR pumps operating, all valves positioned as required, and system parameters are as expected).
.
Comment:
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
 
*JPM 4. Align RHR system flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
*JPM 4. Align RHR system flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
1.d. Open RHR TO HL ISO VLV HV
1.d. Open RHR TO HL ISO VLV HV-8840.
-8840. Standard: Candidate opens 1
Standard:   Candidate opens 1-HV-8840 by placing 1HS-8840 to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).
-HV-8840 by placing 1HS
Comment:
-8840 to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON)
____________________________________________________________________________
. Comment:
JPM 5.     2. Consult TSC before starting or realigning CCPs or SIPs that have been stopped or realigned to normal charging.
CUE:        TSC has been notified.
Standard:  Candidate determines this step is not applicable since CCPs and SIPs have not been realigned to their normal charging lineups at this time.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 5. 2. Consult TSC before starting or realigning CCPs or SIPs that have been stopped or realigned to normal charging
5
. CUE: "TSC has been notified."
Standard: Candidate determines this step is not applicable since CCPs and SIPs have not been realigned to their normal charging lineups at this time
. Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________


6 _________________________________
___________________________________________
  *JPM 6. Align SI Train A flow path for Hot Leg recirculation
:  3.a. Stop SI Pump A. NOTE TO EXAMINER:  Stopping SI Pump 'A' is critical because the next step will secure the pump discharge flow path with mini-flow isolated.
Standard: Candidate stops SI Pump 'A' by placing 1HS
-998A to STOP (green light ON, red light OFF)
. Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
 
*JPM 6. Align SI Train A flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
*JPM 7. Align SI Train A flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
3.a. Stop SI Pump A.
3.b. Shut SI PMP
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Stopping SI Pump A is critical because the next step will secure the pump discharge flow path with mini-flow isolated.
-A TO COLD LEG ISO VLV HV
Standard:  Candidate stops SI Pump A by placing 1HS-998A to STOP (green light ON, red light OFF).
-8821A. 3.c. Open SI PMP
Comment:
-A TO HOT LEG 1&4 ISO VLV HV
____________________________________________________________________________
-8802A.
*JPM 7. Align SI Train A flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
Standard: Candidate closes 1-HV-8821A by placing 1HS
3.b. Shut SI PMP-A TO COLD LEG ISO VLV HV-8821A.
-8821A to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF), and opens 1-HV-8802A by placing 1-HV-8802A to OPEN (green light O FF, red light O N). Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
3.c. Open SI PMP-A TO HOT LEG 1&4 ISO VLV HV-8802A.
  *JPM 8. Align SI Train A flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
Standard:   Candidate closes 1-HV-8821A by placing 1HS-8821A to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF), and opens 1-HV-8802A by placing 1-HV-8802A to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 8. Align SI Train A flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
3.d. Start SI Pump A.
3.d. Start SI Pump A.
Standard: Candidate starts SI Pump 'A' by placing 1HS
Standard:   Candidate starts SI Pump A by placing 1HS-998A to START (green light OFF, red light ON).
-998A to START (green light O FF, red light O N).
Comment:
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
 
6
7 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 9. 4. Check SI Pump A flow
- GREATER THAN 100 GPM.
 
Standard: Candidate checks that SI Pump 'A' discharge flow indicates greater 100 gpm on 1FI-918 on the QMCB o r on the IPC. Comment: 


____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
   *JPM 10. Align SI Train B flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
JPM 9.      4. Check SI Pump A flow - GREATER THAN 100 GPM.
Standard:   Candidate checks that SI Pump A discharge flow indicates greater 100 gpm on 1FI-918 on the QMCB or on the IPC.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 10. Align SI Train B flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
5.a. Stop SI Pump B.
5.a. Stop SI Pump B.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Stopping SI Pump 'B' is critical because the next step will secure the pump discharge flow path with mini
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Stopping SI Pump B is critical because the next step will secure the pump discharge flow path with mini-flow isolated.
-flow isolated.
Standard:   Candidate stops SI Pump B by placing 1HS-999A to STOP (green light ON, red light OFF).
Standard: Candidate stops SI Pump 'B' by placing 1HS
-999A to STOP (green light ON, red light OFF).
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 11. Align SI Train B flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
JPM 11. Align SI Train B flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:
5.b. Shut SI PMP
5.b. Shut SI PMP-B TO COLD LEG ISO VLV HV-8821B.
-B TO COLD LEG ISO VLV HV
5.c. Open SI PMP-B TO HOT LEG 2&3 ISO VLV HV-8802B.
-8821 B. 5.c. Open SI PMP
Standard:   Candidate closes 1-HV-8821B by placing 1HS-8821B to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF), and determines that 1-HV-8802B will NOT open (green light ON, red light OFF).
-B TO HOT LEG 2&3 ISO VLV HV
-8802 B. Standard: Candidate closes 1
-HV-8821 B by placing 1HS
-8821 B to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF), and determines that 1
-HV-8802B will NOT open (green light ON, red light OFF).
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
7


8 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 12. 5. RNO IF Train B SI can NOT be aligned for Hot Leg recirculation, THEN realign for Cold Leg recirculation:
JPM 12. 5. RNO IF Train B SI can NOT be aligned for Hot Leg recirculation, THEN realign for Cold Leg recirculation:
: 1) Stop SI Pump B. 2) Shut SI PMP
: 1)   Stop SI Pump B.
-B TO HOT LEGS 2&3 ISO VLV HV
: 2)   Shut SI PMP-B TO HOT LEGS 2&3 ISO VLV HV-8802B.
-8802 B. 3) Verify open CL INJ FROM SIS HV
: 3)   Verify open CL INJ FROM SIS HV-8835.
-8835. Standard: Candidate checks SI Pump 'B' is stopped (green light ON, red light OFF), 1
Standard:   Candidate checks SI Pump B is stopped (green light ON, red light OFF), 1-HV-8802B is closed (green light ON, red light OFF), and 1-HV-8835 is open (green light OFF, red light ON).
-HV-8802B is closed (green light ON, red light OFF), and 1-HV-8835 is open (green light OFF, red light ON).
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 13. 5. RNO  IF Train B SI can NOT be aligned for Hot Leg recirculation, THEN realign for Cold Leg recirculation:
: 4) Open SI PMP
-B TO COLD LEG ISO VLV HV
-8821 B. Standard: Candidate opens 1
-HV-8821B by placing 1HS
-8821B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
   *JPM 14. 5. RNO IF Train B SI can NOT be aligned for Hot Leg recirculation, THEN realign for Cold Leg recirculation:
*JPM 13. 5. RNO IF Train B SI can NOT be aligned for Hot Leg recirculation, THEN realign for Cold Leg recirculation:
: 5) Start SI Pump B. Standard: Candidate starts SI Pump 'B' by placing 1HS
: 4)    Open SI PMP-B TO COLD LEG ISO VLV HV-8821B.
-999A to START (green light OFF, red light ON).
Standard:   Candidate opens 1-HV-8821B by placing 1HS-8821B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 14. 5. RNO IF Train B SI can NOT be aligned for Hot Leg recirculation, THEN realign for Cold Leg recirculation:
: 5)   Start SI Pump B.
Standard:   Candidate starts SI Pump B by placing 1HS-999A to START (green light OFF, red light ON).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
8


9 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 15. 6. Check SI Pump B flow  
JPM 15. 6. Check SI Pump B flow - GREATER THAN 100 GPM.
- GREATER THAN 100 GPM.
Standard:   Candidate checks that SI Pump B discharge flow indicates greater 100 gpm on 1FI-922 on the QMCB or on the IPC.
Standard: Candidate checks that SI Pump 'B' discharge flow indicates greater 100 gpm on 1FI-922 on the QMCB or on the IPC.
Comment:
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 16. 7. Complete SI alignment
JPM 16. 7. Complete SI alignment:
: a. Check both SI trains  
: a. Check both SI trains - ALIGNED TO HOT LEG RECIRCULATION.
- ALIGNED TO HOT LEG RECIRCULATION
Standard:   Candidate determines that SI Train B is NOT aligned to hot leg recirculation.
. Standard: Candidate determines that SI Train 'B' is NOT aligned to hot leg recirculation
Comment:
.
____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 17. 7.a. RNO Consult TSC for actions to realign second SI train to Hot Leg recirculation.
JPM 17. 7.a. RNO Consult TSC for actions to realign second SI train to Hot Leg recirculation
Go to Step 8.
. Go to Step 8
7.b. Shut CL INJ FROM SIS HV-8835.
.
CUE:       The Shift Supervisor will consult with the TSC.
7.b. Shut CL INJ FROM SIS HV
* NOTE TO EXAMINER: Performing Step 7.b. (shutting 1-HV-8835) instead of going directly to Step 8 will constitute failure of a critical step since all SI pump flow to the cold legs will be isolated.
-8835. CUE: "The Shift Supervisor will consult with the TSC."
Standard:   Candidate goes directly to Step 8, and does NOT perform Step 7.b. (does NOT close 1-HV-8835).
* NOTE TO EXAMINER: Performing Step 7.b. (shutting 1-HV-8835) instead of going directly to Step 8 will constitute failure of a critical step since all SI pump flow to the cold legs will be isolated
Comment:
. Standard: Candidate goes directly to Step 8, and does NOT perform Step 7.b. (does NOT close 1-HV-8835). Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
9


10 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 18. 8. Return to procedure and step in effect.
JPM 18. 8. Return to procedure and step in effect.
 
Standard:   N/A Comment:
Standard: N/A Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
STOP TIME: __________
Terminating cue:          Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
10


STOP TIME:  __________
Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-19014-HL19 Examinees Name:
Terminating cue:
Examiners Name:
Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
 
11 Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No
.: V-NRC-JP-19014-HL1 9 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:
 
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question: __________________________________________________________________
Question: __________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Result: Satisfactory
__________________________________________________________________________
/ Unsatisfactory Examiner's signature and date: _______________________________
Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________ ____________
____________
11
Initial Conditions:
A large break LOCA occurred approximately 7.5 hours ago. The crew is at Step 31 of 19010-C, "Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant
," which directs the transfer to hot leg recirculation.


Initiating Cue:
Initial Conditions: A large break LOCA occurred approximately 7.5 hours ago.
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, "Transfer the ECCS pumps to hot leg recirculation using 19014
The crew is at Step 31 of 19010-C, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, which directs the transfer to hot leg recirculation.
-C."
Initiating Cue:     The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Transfer the ECCS pumps to hot leg recirculation using 19014-C.
Final JPM C 1 NRC Job Performance Measure "c"  Facility:  Vogtle  Task No:
V-LO-TA-37008  Task Title:  Isolate Accumulators During Post
-LOCA Cooldown


JPM No: V-NRC-JP-19012-HL19 K/A  
Final JPM C NRC Job Performance Measure c Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-37008 Task Title: Isolate Accumulators During Post-LOCA Cooldown JPM No: V-NRC-JP-19012-HL19 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
WE03EA1.1             RO 4.0    SRO 4.0 Examinee: __________________________                       NRC Examiner: ______________________
WE 0 3E A1.1   RO 4.0    SRO 4.0 Examinee: __________________________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________                   Date: ______________________________
NRC Examiner: ______
________________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________
Date: ______________________________
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance _______________
Simulated Performance ________________                    Actual Performance ___________________
Actual Performance ___________________
Classroom ______________                   Simulator ______________               Plant _____________
 
Read to the examinee:
Classroom ______________
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.
Simulator ______________
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Plant __________
Initial Conditions:         Unit 1 was at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
___  Read to the examinee:
The crew is currently at Step 38 of 19012-C, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, to isolate the SI Accumulators.
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
A Systems Operator has been dispatched and has closed all ACCUM ISO VLV MOV breakers.
 
Initiating Cue:             The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Isolate the SI Accumulators using Step 38 of 19012-C.
Initial Conditions:
1
Unit 1 was at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
The crew is currently at Step 38 of 19012
-C, "Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization
," to isolate the SI Accumulators.
A Systems Operator has been dispatched and has closed all ACCUM ISO VLV MOV breakers
. Initiating Cue:
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to , "Isolate the SI Accumulators using Step 38 of 19012
-C."
2  Task Standard:
Candidate isolates three SI accumulators using 19012
-C. One accumulator isolation valve , 1-HV-8808 B , will fail to close, which will require venting of the non
-isolable accumulator.


Required Materials:
Task Standard:      Candidate isolates three SI accumulators using 19012-C. One accumulator isolation valve, 1-HV-8808B, will fail to close, which will require venting of the non-isolable accumulator.
1 9012-C , "Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization
Required Materials: 19012-C, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization (rev. 33.3).
" (rev. 33.3). Previous steps will be marked as complete by an exam team member.
Previous steps will be marked as complete by an exam team member.
Step 38 will be circled to indicate it has been initiated.
Step 38 will be circled to indicate it has been initiated.
General  
General  


==References:==
==References:==
None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time:    8 minutes 2


None  Time Critical Task:
SIMULATOR SETUP:
No Validation Time:
Reset to IC161 for HL-19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:
8 minutes 3 SIMULATOR SETUP:
Reset to IC 161 for HL-1 9 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:
: 1. Reset to IC14 (100% MOL)
: 1. Reset to IC14 (100% MOL)
: 2. Insert malfunction RC04A at 7 5% 3. Verify SI is actuated
: 2. Insert malfunction RC04A at 75%
: 4. Throttle AFW to ~
: 3. Verify SI is actuated
1 0 0 gpm per SG
: 4. Throttle AFW to ~100 gpm per SG
: 5. Reset SI 6. Reset CIA and open 1
: 5. Reset SI
-HV-9378 7. Establish ~ 100 F/hour cooldown
: 6. Reset CIA and open 1-HV-9378
: 7. Establish ~ 100 F/hour cooldown
: 8. Depressurize RCS until pressurizer level > 9%
: 8. Depressurize RCS until pressurizer level > 9%
: 9. Wait for subcooling to exceed 24 F 1 0. Close accumulator breakers (RFs SI1 through SI4)
: 9. Wait for subcooling to exceed 24 F
: 11. Insert handswitch override for 1HS
: 10. Close accumulator breakers (RFs SI1 through SI4)
-8808B to OPEN 1 2. Acknowledge / Reset alarms and freeze simulator Setup time:
: 11. Insert handswitch override for 1HS-8808B to OPEN
2 0 minutes 4 Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
: 12. Acknowledge / Reset alarms and freeze simulator Setup time: 20 minutes 3
 
Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
 
START TIME: __________
START TIME: __________
JPM 1.         Isolate SI Accumulators:
JPM 1. Isolate SI Accumulators:
38.a. Dispatch an operator to close ACCUM ISO VLV MOV breakers:
38.a. Dispatch an operator to close ACCUM ISO VLV MOV breakers:
MOV UNIT 1 UNIT 2 CB ROOM CB ROOM HV-8808A 1ABE-19 (B79) 2ABE-19 (B01) HV-8808B 1BBC-19 (B61) 2BBC-19 (B18) HV-8808C 1ABC-19 (B76) 2ABC-19 (B04) HV-8808D 1BBE-19 (A77) 2BBE-19 (A79)   CUE: If status requested, "Refer to initial conditions
UNIT 1             UNIT 2 MOV CB ROOM           CB ROOM HV-8808A       1ABE-19 (B79)     2ABE-19 (B01)
."  Standard: N/A Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
HV-8808B       1BBC-19 (B61)     2BBC-19 (B18)
JPM 2. Isolate SI Accumulators:
HV-8808C       1ABC-19 (B76)     2ABC-19 (B04)
HV-8808D       1BBE-19 (A77)     2BBE-19 (A79)
CUE:           If status requested, Refer to initial conditions.
Standard:     N/A Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 2.         Isolate SI Accumulators:
38.b. Reset SI if necessary.
38.b. Reset SI if necessary.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: SI will have been reset at this point. Candidate will check that the SI ACTUATED light on the BPLB is not lit. Candidate can also check that the SI indicator at the top of the IPC screen is not lit.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: SI will have been reset at this point. Candidate will check that the SI ACTUATED light on the BPLB is not lit. Candidate can also check that the SI indicator at the top of the IPC screen is not lit.
Standard: Candidate determines that SI is reset by checking the control board indicators
Standard:     Candidate determines that SI is reset by checking the control board indicators.
. NOTE: It is acceptable if the SI reset handswitches are cycled again.
NOTE: It is acceptable if the SI reset handswitches are cycled again.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
4


____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 3. Isolate SI Accumulators:
38.c. Close ACCUM ISO VLVs:
* HV-8808A
* HV-8808B
* HV-8808C
* HV-8808D NOTE TO EXAMINER: 1-HV-8808B will fail to close.
Standard:  Candidate places the handswitches for 1-HV-8808A, 1-HV-8808B, 1-HV-8808C, and 1-HV-8808D to CLOSE. 1-HV-8808A, 1-HV-8808C, and 1-HV-8808D close (green lights ON, red lights OFF), but 1-HV-8808B will NOT close (green light OFF, red light ON).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 4.      38.c. RNO Vent any non-isolable Accumulators:
: 1)    Verify N2 supply valve HV-8880 is closed.
Standard:  Candidate verifies that 1-HV-8880 is closed (green light ON, red light OFF).
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
5


5 ____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 3. Isolate SI Accumulators:
38.c. Close ACCUM ISO VLV s:  HV-8808A  HV-8808B  HV-8808C  HV-8808D  NOTE TO EXAMINER:  1
-HV-8808B will fail to close.
Standard: Candidate places the handswitches for 1-HV-8808A, 1-HV-8808B , 1-HV-8808C, and 1
-HV-8808D to CLOSE. 1-HV-8808A, 1-HV-8808C, and 1
-HV-8808D close (green lights ON, red lights OFF), but 1-HV-8808B will NOT close (green light OFF, red light ON)
. Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 4. 38.c. RNO Vent any non
*JPM 5. 38.c. RNO Vent any non-isolable Accumulators:
-isolable Accumulators:
: 2)     Open ACCUM N2 SUPPLY/VENT VLVs:
: 1) Verify N2 supply valve HV-8880 is closed.
ACCUM #2      HV-8875B HV-8875F NOTE TO EXAMINER: Accumulator #2 is the non-isolable accumulator (1-HV-8808B failed open). 1-HV-8875B and 1-HV-8875F are in parallel, so opening one of the valves will meet the critical step.
Standard: Candidate verifies that 1-HV-8880 is closed (green light ON, red light OFF)
Standard:   Candidate places the handswitch(es) for 1-HV-8875B and / or 1-HV-8875F to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).
. Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 6      38.c. RNO Vent any non-isolable Accumulators:
: 3)    Open common vent valve HV-0943A or HV-0943B.
IF an Accumulator can NOT be isolated or vented, THEN consult the TSC to determine contingency actions.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: 1-HV-0943A and 1-HV-0943B are in parallel, so opening one of the valves will meet the critical step. The valves are opened using controllers 1-HC-943A or 1-HC-943B, which are on the vertical QMCB panel. Accumulator pressure may be checked on the vertical QMCB panel or on the IPC.
CUE:        If candidate is waiting for accumulator to fully depressurize, Another operator will monitor accumulator pressure during venting.
Standard:  Candidate opens 1-HV-0943A or 1-HV-0943B by depressing the UP arrow on the manual controller.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
6


6 __________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
__________________________
JPM 7.     Isolate SI Accumulators:
  *JPM 5. 38.c. RNO  Vent any non
-isolable Accumulators:
: 2) Open ACCUM N2 SUPPLY/VENT VLVs:
ACCUM #2 HV-8875B HV-8875F  NOTE TO EXAMINER:  Accumulator #2 is the non
-isolable accumulator (1
-HV-8808B failed open). 1-HV-8875B and 1-HV-8875F are in parallel, so opening one of the valves will meet the critical step.
Standard: Candidate places the handswitch(es) for 1-HV-8875B and / or 1
-HV-8875F to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON)
. Comment:
__________________________________
__________________________________________
  *JPM 6 38.c. RNO  Vent any non
-isolable Accumulators:
: 3) Open common vent valve HV
-0943A or HV
-0943B. IF an Accumulator can NOT be isolated or vented, THEN consult the TSC to determine contingency actions.
NOTE TO EXAMINER:
1-HV-0943A and 1
-HV-0943B are in parallel, so opening one of the valves will meet the critical step. The valves are opened using controllers 1
-HC-943A or 1-HC-943B, which are on the vertical QMCB panel
. Accumulator pressure may be checked on the vertical QMCB panel or on the IPC.
CUE: If candidate is waiting for accumulator to fully depressurize, "Another operator will monitor accumulator pressure during venting
."  Standard: Candidate opens 1-HV-0943A or 1-HV-0943B by depressing the UP arrow on the manual controller
. Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
7 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 7. Isolate SI Accumulators:
38.d. Open ACCUM ISO VLV MOV breakers.
38.d. Open ACCUM ISO VLV MOV breakers.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: This step should be performed with the venting in progress. Candidate may choose to de
NOTE TO EXAMINER: This step should be performed with the venting in progress. Candidate may choose to de-energize all MOVs except 1HV-8808B (failed MOV). This is acceptable.
-energize all MOVs except 1HV
CUE:       When requested, A Systems Operator will be dispatched to open the accumulator isolation valve breakers.
-8808B (failed MOV). This is acceptable.
Standard:   Candidate dispatches operator to open breakers.
CUE: When requested, "A Systems Operator will be dispatched to open the accumulator isolation valve breakers.Standard: Candidate dispatches operator to open breakers
Comment:
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
STOP TIME: __________
STOP TIME: __________
Terminating cue:
Terminating cue:         Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
7
 
8 Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No
.: V-NRC-JP-19012-HL1 9 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:


Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-19012-HL19 Examinees Name:
Examiners Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question: __________________________________________________________________
Question: __________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
 
__________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
___________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
_________________
__________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________     ________
Result: Satisfactory
8
/ Unsatisfactory Examiner's signature and date: _______________________________
 
________
Initial Conditions: Unit 1 was at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
Initial Conditions:
The crew is currently at Step 38 of 19012-C, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, to isolate the SI Accumulators.
Unit 1 was at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
The crew is currently at Step 38 of 19012
-C, "Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization
," to isolate the SI Accumulators.
A Systems Operator has been dispatched and has closed all ACCUM ISO VLV MOV breakers.
A Systems Operator has been dispatched and has closed all ACCUM ISO VLV MOV breakers.
Initiating Cue:    The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Isolate the SI Accumulators using Step 38 of 19012-C.


Initiating Cue:
Final JPM D NRC Job Performance Measure d Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-20010 Task Title: Restore TDAFW Flow with Actuation Signal Present JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13610-HL19 K/A  
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, "Isolate the SI Accumulators using Step 38 of 19012
-C."
Final JPM D 1 NRC Job Performance Measure "dFacility: Vogtle Task No:
V-LO-TA-20010 Task Title: Restore TDAFW Flow with Actuation Signal Present
 
JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13610-HL19 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
WE05EA1.1   RO 4.1    SRO 4.0 Examinee: _________________________
WE05EA1.1             RO 4.1    SRO 4.0 Examinee: _________________________                       NRC Examiner: ______________________
NRC Examiner: ____________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________                   Date: ______________________________
__________  Facility Evaluator: ____________________
Date: ______________________________
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance _______________
Simulated Performance ________________                    Actual Performance ___________________
Actual Performance ___________________
Classroom ______________                   Simulator ______________               Plant _____________
 
Read to the examinee:
Classroom ______________
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.
Simulator ______________
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Plant __________
Initial Conditions:         A loss of heat sink is in progress.
___  Read to the examinee:
RCS bleed and feed has been initiated.
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Initial Conditions:
A loss of heat sink is in progress
. RCS bleed and feed has been initiated.
The TDAFW pump tripped on overspeed and is now ready to be returned to service.
The TDAFW pump tripped on overspeed and is now ready to be returned to service.
Initiating Cue:
Initiating Cue:             The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Restore Auxiliary Feedwater Flow to at least one steam generator beginning with Step 52 of 19231-C, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, "Restore Auxiliary Feedwater Flow to at least one steam generator beginning with Step 5 2 of 19231-C, 'Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.'"
1


2 Task Standard:
Task Standard:     Candidate resets the TDAFW pump using 13610-1, Auxiliary Feedwater System, and restores AFW flow to one steam generator.
Candidate resets the TDAFW pump using 13610
Required Materials: 13610-1, Auxiliary Feedwater System (rev. 50.4) 19231-C, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink (rev. 34)
-1, "Auxiliary Feedwater System," and restores AFW flow to one steam generator.
Required Materials:
13 610-1 , "Auxiliary Feedwater System" (rev. 50.4) 1 9231-C , "Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink" (rev. 3 4)
General  
General  


==References:==
==References:==
None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time:    15 minutes 2


None Time Critical Task:
SIMULATOR SETUP:
No Validation Time:
Reset to IC169 for HL-19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:
1 5 minutes 3 SIMULATOR SETUP: Reset to IC 1 69 for HL-1 9 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:
: 1. Reset to IC14 (MOL 100%)
: 1. Reset to IC14 (MOL 100%)
: 2. Insert malfunction s ES01, AF02B, AF02C, and AF04
: 2. Insert malfunctions ES01, AF02B, AF02C, and AF04
: 3. Trip both MFPs
: 3. Trip both MFPs
: 4. Trip the reactor when all SG WR levels are < 9%
: 4. Trip the reactor when all SG WR levels are < 9%
: 5. Actuate SI
: 5. Actuate SI
: 6. Stop all RCPs
: 6. Stop all RCPs
: 7. Arm Train 'A' COPS and open PORV
: 7. Arm Train A COPS and open PORV-455
-455 8. Open reactor vessel head vents
: 8. Open reactor vessel head vents
: 9. Danger tag PORV
: 9. Danger tag PORV-456 closed
-456 closed
: 10. Verify all SG WR levels are still < 9% and remove malfunction AF04
: 10. Verify all SG WR levels are still < 9% and remove malfunction AF04
: 11. Acknowledge / Reset alarms
: 11. Acknowledge / Reset alarms
: 12. Freeze simulator NOTE TO SIMULATOR OPERATOR: Place danger tag on 1PORV
: 12. Freeze simulator NOTE TO SIMULATOR OPERATOR: Place danger tag on 1PORV-456.
-456. Simulator operator may seal
Simulator operator may seal-in ALB11-D03 PRZR LIQUID HI TEMP, if it cycles continuously.
-in ALB11-D03 PRZR LIQUID HI TEMP
Setup time: 15 minutes 3
, if it cycles continuously.


Setup time:
Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
1 5 minutes 4 Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
START TIME: __________
START TIME: __________
JPM 1. CAUTION Feed flow rates should be controlled to prevent excessive RCS cool down.
JPM 1.
CAUTION Feed flow rates should be controlled to prevent excessive RCS cool down.
Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
52.a. Check TDAFW Pump  
52.a. Check TDAFW Pump - AVAILABLE:
- AVAILABLE:
* Steam admission valve HV-5106 - OPEN
Steam admission valve HV
* Trip & Throttle valve PV-15129 - OPEN (HS-15111)
-5106 - OPEN Trip & Throttle valve PV
* Governor valve SV-15133 - OPERATING PROPERLY (PDIC-5180A)
-15129 - OPEN (HS-15111) Governor valve SV
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Trip and Throttle valve, 1PV-15129, (1HS-15111) will be closed due to overspeed trip.
-15133 - OPERATING PROPERLY (PDIC
Standard:     Candidate determines that the Trip and Throttle valve, 1PV-15129, is closed by checking 1HS-15111 (green light ON, amber light ON, red light OFF).
-5180A) NOTE TO EXAMINER: Trip and Throttle valve, 1 PV-15129, (1 HS-15111) will be closed due to overspeed trip.
Comment:
Standard: Candidate determines that the Trip and Throttle valve, 1 PV-15129, is closed by checking 1 HS-15111 (green light ON, amber light ON, red light OFF)
____________________________________________________________________________
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 2.         52. RNO Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
JPM 2. 5 2. RNO Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
: a.     Perform the following:
: a. Perform the following
* Initiate 13610-1, Auxiliary Feedwater System, to operate TDAFW pump as necessary.
Initiate 13610
Standard:     Candidate initiates Section 4.4.7 of 13610-1, Auxiliary Feedwater System, for resetting the TDAFW pump Trip and Throttle valve.
-1, "Auxiliary Feedwater System," to operate TDAFW pump as necessary.
Comment:
Standard: Candidate initiates Section 4.4.7 of 13 610-1 , "Auxiliary Feedwater System," for resetting the TDAFW pump Trip and Throttle valve.
____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
4


5 ________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
JPM 3.
JPM 3. NOTE TO EXAMINER: The following steps are from 13610
NOTE TO EXAMINER: The following steps are from 13610-1, Auxiliary Feedwater System.
-1, "Auxiliary Feedwater System."
4.4.7 Resetting of TDAFW Pump Trip and Throttle Valve Following an Overspeed Trip Actuation (Actual Overspeed or Surveillance / Maintenance Testing)
4.4.7 Resetting of TDAFW Pump Trip and Throttle Valve Following an Overspeed Trip Actuation (Actual Overspeed or Surveillance / Maintenance Testing) CAUTION If this reset of the Trip & Throttle valve is following an actual overspeed trip and the potential exists to initiate AFW flow to a "hot dry S/G", closing of the TDAFW discharge valves should be considered prior to reset of the Trip & Throttle valve.
CAUTION If this reset of the Trip & Throttle valve is following an actual overspeed trip and the potential exists to initiate AFW flow to a hot dry S/G, closing of the TDAFW discharge valves should be considered prior to reset of the Trip & Throttle valve.
CUE: If requested, "The Shift Supervisor directs closure of the TDAFW discharge valves."
CUE:           If requested, The Shift Supervisor directs closure of the TDAFW discharge valves.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: If valves are not closed at this step, 19231
NOTE TO EXAMINER: If valves are not closed at this step, 19231-C, Step 52.a. will direct closure of the valves after the SOP section is complete.
-C, Step 5 2.a. will direct closure of the valves after the SOP section is complete.
Standard:       Candidate reviews CAUTION and closes TDAFW pump throttle valves using 1HS-5122, 5125, 5127, and 5120 (green lights ON, red lights OFF) OR at Step 52.a. of 19231-C.
Standard: Candidate reviews CAUTION and closes TDAFW pump throttle valves using 1HS-5122, 5125, 5127, and 5120 (green lights ON, red lights OFF)
Comment:
OR at Step 5 2.a. of 19231
____________________________________________________________________________
-C. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
5


6 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 4. NOTE TO EXAMINER: Steps 4.4.7.1 through 4.4.7.7 are completed locally at the TDAFW pump. After the candidate directs the completion of these steps, the TDAFW pump mechanical overspeed trip linkage will reset.
JPM 4.
4.4.7.1 Verify motor actuator has driven the shaft to approximately 80% closed as indicated by T&T VALVE OPERATOR CLOSED green light lit on the local valve panel (PAFT).
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Steps 4.4.7.1 through 4.4.7.7 are completed locally at the TDAFW pump. After the candidate directs the completion of these steps, the TDAFW pump mechanical overspeed trip linkage will reset.
CUE: If requested separately from the following steps , "Trip and Throttle Valve green light is lit on the local panel."
4.4.7.1 Verify motor actuator has driven the shaft to approximately 80% closed as indicated by T&T VALVE OPERATOR CLOSED green light lit on the local valve panel (PAFT).
4.4.7.2 On the governor, lift and release Tappet several times to ensure that there is no binding. 4.4.7.3 If binding is observed, contact the Shift Supervisor.
CUE:       If requested separately from the following steps, Trip and Throttle Valve green light is lit on the local panel.
4.4.7.4 Verify that the flat part of the tappet nut is in contact with the head lever. (See Figure 4) 4.4.7.5 Reset the mechanical linkage by pushing the trip linkage towards the Trip And Throttle Valve and observe trip lever moves up (see Figures 3 and 4).
4.4.7.2 On the governor, lift and release Tappet several times to ensure that there is no binding.
4.4.7.6 Push the Tappet down to ensure proper seating.
4.4.7.3 If binding is observed, contact the Shift Supervisor.
4.4.7.7 Verify mechanical overspeed trip indicator limit switch roller arm is properly positioned (Figure 4).
4.4.7.4 Verify that the flat part of the tappet nut is in contact with the head lever.
CUE: Simulator operator inserts Remote Function AF22 to reset the TDAFW pump mechanical overspeed trip linkage and notifies candidate, "Steps 4.4.7.1 through 4.4.7.7 are complete."
(See Figure 4) 4.4.7.5 Reset the mechanical linkage by pushing the trip linkage towards the Trip And Throttle Valve and observe trip lever moves up (see Figures 3 and 4).
Standard: Candidate directs the completion of Steps 4.4.7.1 through 4.4.7.7 to reset the TDAFW pump mechanical overspeed trip linkage.
4.4.7.6 Push the Tappet down to ensure proper seating.
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
4.4.7.7 Verify mechanical overspeed trip indicator limit switch roller arm is properly positioned (Figure 4).
CUE:       Simulator operator inserts Remote Function AF22 to reset the TDAFW pump mechanical overspeed trip linkage and notifies candidate, Steps 4.4.7.1 through 4.4.7.7 are complete.
Standard:   Candidate directs the completion of Steps 4.4.7.1 through 4.4.7.7 to reset the TDAFW pump mechanical overspeed trip linkage.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
6


7 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 5. 4.4.7.8 Place TDAFW Pump Steam Admission Valve 1
JPM 5.       4.4.7.8 Place TDAFW Pump Steam Admission Valve 1-HV-5106 handswitch 1HS-5106A (QMCB) in CLOSE.
-HV-5106 handswitch 1HS-5106A (QMCB) in CLOSE.
CUE:         CV request noted.
CUE: "CV request noted."
Standard:    Candidate places 1HS-5106A to CLOSE (handswitch turned counterclockwise).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 6.
NOTE Holding 1HS-5106A in the CLOSE position allows the speed controller startup logic to reset when the T&T valve is electrically opened.
4.4.7.9 If AFW Actuation signal is present, hold 1HS-5106A in the CLOSE position until completion of Step 4.4.7.10.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: 1-HV-5106 will re-open when 1HS-5106A is released. The intent of the step is to hold 1HS-5106A in CLOSE while opening 1HS-15111 in Step 4.4.7.10. The critical step is met if 1HS-15111 is opened while holding 1HS-5106A in CLOSE.
Standard:    Candidate reviews NOTE and holds 1HS-5106A in CLOSE (handswitch turned counterclockwise).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
7


Standard: Candidate plac es 1HS-5106A to CLOSE (handswitch turned counterclockwise
). Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 6. NOTE Holding 1HS
-5106A in the CLOSE position allows the speed controller startup logic to reset when the T&T valve is electrically opened.
4.4.7.9  If AFW Actuation signal is present, hold 1HS
-5106A in the CLOSE position until completion of Step 4.4.7.10.
NOTE TO EXAMINER:  1
-HV-5106 will re
-open when 1HS-5106A is released. The intent of the step is to hold 1HS
-5106A in CLOSE while opening 1HS
-15111 in Step 4.4.7.10. The critical step is met if 1 HS-15111 is opened while holding 1HS
-5106A in CLOSE
. Standard: Candidate reviews NOTE and holds 1HS
-5106A in CLOSE (handswitch turned counterclockwise)
. Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 7.
NOTE When Handswitch 1HS-15111 is placed in OPEN, the Trip And Throttle Valve latches and then opens.
4.4.7.10 Place Handswitch 1HS-15111 (QMCB) in OPEN, THEN release.
Standard:      Candidate place 1HS-15111 to OPEN, then releases handswitch (handswitch turned clockwise, then released).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 8.
CAUTIONS
* Steam Admission Valve 1-HV-5106 will open when 1HS-5106A is released if an open signal is present.
* If pump speed cannot be controlled or overspeed trip occurs again when 1HS-5106 is released in the next step, do not attempt to reset again until the speed control problem has been corrected.
4.4.7.11 Verify proper latching between the latch up lever and the trip hook lever. (Figure 3 and 3a).
NOTE TO EXAMINER: This step is performed locally at the TDAFW pump.
CUE:          When candidate directs completion of the step, The latch up lever and the trip hook lever are properly latched.
Standard:      Candidate reviews CAUTIONS and verifies proper latching of the latch up lever and the trip hook lever.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
8


8 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 7. NOTE When Handswitch 1HS
*JPM 9. 4.4.7.12 WHEN the Trip and Throttle Valve is fully open as indicated at MLB13-4.2 or 1HS-15111 (QMCB), release 1HS-5106A if applicable.
-15111 is placed in OPEN, the Trip And Throttle Valve latches and then opens.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: MLB13-4.2 is on the QMCB vertical A panel above the accumulators and SI indicators.
4.4.7.1 0  Place Handswitch 1HS
Standard:   Candidate checks the Trip and Throttle Valve, 1PV-15129, fully open by observing MLB13-4.2 lit or 1HS-15111 green light OFF and red light ON and releases 1HS-5106A (1HS-5106A may have been released prior this step).
-15111 (QMCB) in OPEN, THEN release.
Comment:
Standard: Candidate place 1HS-15111 to OPEN, then releases handswitch (handswitch turned clockwise, then released)
____________________________________________________________________________
. Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 10.
JPM 8. CAUTIONS  Steam Admission Valve 1
NOTE TO EXAMINER: The candidate will now return to 19231-C, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.
-HV-5106 will open when 1HS
52 RNO. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
-5106A is released if an open signal is present.
If pump speed cannot be controlled or overspeed trip occurs again when 1HS-5106 is released in the next step, do not attempt to reset again until the speed control problem has been corrected.
4.4.7.1 1  Verify proper latching between the latch up lever and the trip hook lever. (Figure 3 and 3a).
NOTE TO EXAMINER:  This step is performed locally at the TDAFW pump.
CUE: When candidate directs completion of the step, "The latch up lever and the trip hook lever are properly latched."
Standard: Candidate reviews CAUTIONS and verifies proper latching of the latch up lever and the trip hook lever.
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
9 ____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 9. 4.4.7.12 WHEN the Trip and Throttle Valve is fully open as indicated at MLB13-4.2 or 1HS
-15111 (QMCB), release 1HS
-5106A if applicable.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: MLB13-4.2 is on the QMCB vertical 'A' panel above the accumulators and SI indicators.
Standard: Candidate checks the Trip and Throttle Valve, 1P V-15129, fully open by observing MLB13
-4.2 lit or 1HS
-15111 green light OFF and red light ON and releases 1HS-5106A (1HS-5106A may have been released prior this step
). Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 10. NOTE TO EXAMINER: The candidate will now return to 19231
-C, "Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink."
5 2 RNO. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
: a. Perform the following:
: a. Perform the following:
Verify TDAFW pump throttle valves closed.
* Verify TDAFW pump throttle valves closed.
Standard: Candidate verifies TDAFW pump throttle valves closed on 1HS
Standard:   Candidate verifies TDAFW pump throttle valves closed on 1HS-5122, 5125, 5127, and 5120 (green lights ON, red lights OFF).
-5122, 5125, 5127, and 5120 (green lights O N, red lights O FF). Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 11. 5 2 RNO. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
JPM 11. 52 RNO. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
: a. Perform the following:
: a. Perform the following:
WHEN TDAFW Pump is started, THEN go to Step 5 2.b. Standard: Candidate transitions to Step 5 2.b. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
* WHEN TDAFW Pump is started, THEN go to Step 52.b.
Standard:   Candidate transitions to Step 52.b.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
9


10 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 12. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
JPM 12. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
52.b. Select SG(s) to feed: 1) All SG WR levels  
52.b. Select SG(s) to feed:
- LESS THAN 9% [31% ADVERSE]
: 1)     All SG WR levels - LESS THAN 9% [31% ADVERSE].
. Standard: Candidate checks all SG WR levels are less than 9% on QMCB or IPC
Standard:   Candidate checks all SG WR levels are less than 9% on QMCB or IPC.
. Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 13. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
JPM 13. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
52.c. Check Core Exit TCs  
52.c. Check Core Exit TCs - STABLE OR LOWERING NOTE TO EXAMINER: The Core Exit temperatures at this time will be controlled by the code safeties. The IPC will indicate a generally stable saw-tooth trend. However, the candidate may decide temperatures are rising due to no heat sink. If so, feed flow to the selected SG will NOT be limited.
- STABLE OR LOWERING NOTE TO EXAMINER: The Core Exit temperatures at this time will be controlled by the code safeties. The IPC will indicate a generally stable saw-tooth trend. However, the candidate may decide temperatures are rising due to no heat sink. If so, feed flow to the selected SG will NOT be limited. Standard: Candidate checks Core Exit Thermocouple temperatures on the IPC or PSMS to determine if they are stable or lowering. If candidate decides Core Exit temperatures are rising, then the Step 5 2.c. RNO will direct candidate to go directly to Step 5 2.f. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Standard:   Candidate checks Core Exit Thermocouple temperatures on the IPC or PSMS to determine if they are stable or lowering. If candidate decides Core Exit temperatures are rising, then the Step 52.c. RNO will direct candidate to go directly to Step 52.f.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
10


11 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 14. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
*JPM 14. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
52.d. Restore feed flow to selected SG  
52.d. Restore feed flow to selected SG - BETWEEN 30 GPM AND 100 GPM:
- BETWEEN 30 GPM AND 100 GPM:   IPC POINT  
* IPC POINT - UF5403 NOTE TO EXAMINER: The Core Exit temperatures at this time will be controlled by the code safeties. The IPC will indicate a generally stable saw-tooth trend. However, the candidate may decide temperatures are rising due to no heat sink. If so, feed flow to the selected SG will NOT be limited.
- UF5403 NOTE TO EXAMINER: The Core Exit temperatures at this time will be controlled by the code safeties. The IPC will indicate a generally stable saw-tooth trend. However, the candidate may decide temperatures are rising due to no heat sink. If so, feed flow to the selected SG will NOT be limited. Standard: Candidate establishes feed flow to the selected SG at 30  
Standard:   Candidate establishes feed flow to the selected SG at 30 - 100 gpm. NOTE:
- 100 gpm. NOTE: If Core Exit temperatures are rising, candidate will have correctly skipped this step. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
If Core Exit temperatures are rising, candidate will have correctly skipped this step.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 15. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
JPM 15. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
52.e. Check Dry SG WR level  
52.e. Check Dry SG WR level - GREATER THAN 9% [31% ADVERSE].
- GREATER THAN 9% [31% ADVERSE].
Standard:   Candidate checks all SG WR levels are less than 9% on QMCB or IPC. NOTE:
Standard: Candidate checks all SG WR levels are less than 9% on QMCB or IPC.
If Core Exit temperatures are rising, candidate will have correctly skipped this step.
NOTE: If Core Exit temperatures are rising, candidate will have correctly skipped this step. Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
11


12 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 16. 5 2 RNO. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
JPM 16. 52 RNO. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
: e. WHEN Dry SG WR level is greater than 9% [31% ADVERSE] THEN raise feed flow to restore NR level greater than 1 0% [3 2% ADVERSE]
: e.     WHEN Dry SG WR level is greater than 9% [31% ADVERSE] THEN raise feed flow to restore NR level greater than 10% [32% ADVERSE].
. Go to Step
Go to Step 69.
: 69. CUE: "An Extra Operator will complete the procedure
CUE:       An Extra Operator will complete the procedure.
."  Standard: Candidate maintains feed flow to the selected SG
Standard:   Candidate maintains feed flow to the selected SG. NOTE: If Core Exit temperatures are rising, candidate will have correctly skipped this step.
. NOTE: If Core Exit temperatures are rising, candidate will have correctly skipped this step.
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 17. NOTE TO EXAMINER:  If candidate earlier decided Core Exit temperatures were rising, then the following step will be performed.
Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:  52.f. Raise feed flow to restore NR level greater than 10% [32% ADVERSE] and go to Step
: 69. CUE: "An Extra Operator will complete the procedure
."  Standard: Candidate maintains or raises feed flow to the selected SG.
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
STOP TIME: __________
JPM 17.
Terminating cue:
NOTE TO EXAMINER: If candidate earlier decided Core Exit temperatures were rising, then the following step will be performed.
Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:
 
52.f. Raise feed flow to restore NR level greater than 10% [32% ADVERSE]
13 Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.
and go to Step 69.
: V-NRC-JP-13 610-HL19 Examinee's Name:
CUE:        An Extra Operator will complete the procedure.
Examiner's Name:
Standard:  Candidate maintains or raises feed flow to the selected SG.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
STOP TIME: __________
Terminating cue:           Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
12


Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-13610-HL19 Examinees Name:
Examiners Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question: __________________________________________________________________
Question: __________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Result: Satisfactory
__________________________________________________________________________
/ Unsatisfactory Examiner's signature and date: _______________________________
Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________     _________
_________
13
Initial Conditions:
 
A loss of heat sink is in progress.
Initial Conditions: A loss of heat sink is in progress.
RCS bleed and feed has been initiated.
RCS bleed and feed has been initiated.
The TDAFW pump tripped on overspeed and is now ready to be returned to service.
The TDAFW pump tripped on overspeed and is now ready to be returned to service.
Initiating Cue:    The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Restore Auxiliary Feedwater Flow to at least one steam generator beginning with Step 52 of 19231-C, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.


Initiating Cue:
Final JPM E NRC Job Performance Measure e Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-29006 Task Title: Reduce Containment Pressure Following an Inadvertent CVI JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13125-HL19 K/A  
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, "Restore Auxiliary Feedwater Flow to at least one steam generator beginning with Step 5 2 of 19231-C, 'Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.'"
 
Final JPM E 1 NRC Job Performance Measure "eFacility: Vogtle Task No:
V-LO-TA-29006 Task Title: Reduce Containment Pressure Following an Inadvertent CVI
 
JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13125-HL1 9  K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
103A1.01            RO 3.7   SRO 4.1 Examinee: __________________________                       NRC Examiner: ______________________
103A1.0 1    RO 3.7   SRO 4.1 Examinee: __________________________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________                   Date: ______________________________
NRC Examiner:
______________________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________
Date: ______________________________
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance _______________
Simulated Performance ________________                    Actual Performance __________________
Actual Performance __________________
Classroom ______________                  Simulator ______________              Plant ____________
Read to the examinee:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: For time considerations, the candidates should pre-brief and review 13125-1 prior to starting the JPM.
Initial Conditions:        Unit 1 was performing a containment pressure relief using 13125-1, Containment Purge System, when a spurious CVI occurred due to a faulty slave relay.
The CVI signal was reset after the faulty relay was repaired.
The Shift Supervisor has verified with Chemistry that the existing Gaseous Release Permit is still valid for the duration of the pressure relief.
The IPC is NOT available.
Initiating Cue:            The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Perform containment pressure relief using 13125-1.
1


Classroom ______________
Task Standard:     Candidate reduces containment pressure and initiates termination of containment pressure relief at zero +/-0.1 psig using 13125-1, Containment Purge System.
Simulator ______________
Required Materials: 13125-1, Containment Purge System (rev. 54)
Plant _________
General  
___  Read to the examinee:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
NOTE TO EXAMINER:  For time considerations, the candidates should "pre-brief" and review 13125
-1 prior to starting the JPM.
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 was performing a containment pressure relief using 13125
-1, "Containment Purge System
," when a spurious CVI occurred due to a faulty slave relay
. The CVI signal was reset after the faulty relay was repaired.
The Shift Supervisor has verified with Chemistry that the existing Gaseous Release Permit is still valid for the duration of the pressure relief. The IPC is NOT available.
 
Initiating Cue:
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to , "Perform containment pressure relief using 13125
-1."
Task Standard:
Candidate reduces containment pressure and initiates termination of containment pressure relief at zero +/-0.1 psig using 13125
-1, "Containment Purge System."
 
Required Materials:
1 3125-1 , "Containment Purge System
" (rev. 54) General  


==References:==
==References:==
None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time:    18 minutes 2


None Time Critical Task:
SIMULATOR SETUP:
No  Validation Time:
Reset to IC158 for HL-19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:
1 8 minutes 3  SIMULATOR SETUP:
: 1. Reset to IC14
Reset to IC 158 for HL-19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch: 1. Reset to IC14
: 2. Place Mini-Purge supply fan in service per 13125-1, Section 4.4.2, to raise containment pressure
: 2. Place Mini
: 3. Remove Mini-Purge from service when containment pressure is ~ 0.4 psig
-Purge supply fan in service per 13125
: 4. Acknowledge / Reset alarms
-1, Section 4.4.2, to raise containment pressure 3. Remove Mini
-Purge from service when containment pressure is  
~ 0.4 psig 4. Acknowledge
/ Reset alarms
: 5. Turn off IPC monitors.
: 5. Turn off IPC monitors.
: 6. Freeze simulator Setup time:
: 6. Freeze simulator Setup time: 10 minutes NOTE TO SIMULATOR OPERATOR: Turn off IPC monitors prior to start of JPM.
10 minutes   NOTE TO SIMULATOR OPERATOR:
3
Turn off IPC monitors prior to start of JPM.


4 Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded. ___________________________________________________________________________
Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
 
___________________________________________________________________________
START TIME: __________
START TIME: __________
JPM 1. Section 4.4.1 of 13125-1, "Containment Purge System ," is selected for Containment Pressure Relief
JPM 1.         Section 4.4.1 of 13125-1, Containment Purge System, is selected for Containment Pressure Relief.
. Standard: 13125-1, "Containment Purge System
Standard:     13125-1, Containment Purge System, is opened to Section 4.4.1.
," is opened to Section 4.4.1. Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 2.
NOTE When monitoring and changing containment pressure during this procedure, computer point P-9871 OR 1-PI-10945 (QHVC) should be used. These are the only containment pressure instruments that will indicate a negative pressure.
4.4.1 Containment Pressure Relief Standard:      Candidate reviews NOTE prior to Step 4.4.1.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 2. NOTE When monitoring and changing containment pressure during this procedure, computer point P-9871 OR 1-PI-10945 (QHVC) should be used. These are the only containment pressure instruments that will indicate a negative pressure.
JPM 3.         4.4.1.1 IF the Unit is in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4:
4.4.1  Containment Pressure Relief Standard: Candidate reviews NOTE prior to Step 4.4.1.
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 3. 4.4.1.1 IF the Unit is in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4:
: a. Review Limitations 2.2.5c, 2.2.7, 2.2.8, and 2.2.10.
: a. Review Limitations 2.2.5c, 2.2.7, 2.2.8, and 2.2.10.
Standard:      Candidate reviews Limitations.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
4


Standard: Candidate reviews Limitations
____________________________________________________________________________
.
JPM 4.      4.4.1.1 IF the Unit is in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4:
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
: b.      Place additional containment cooling units in service IF required to correct the high pressure condition.
CUE:        If requested, "The Shift Supervisor does not desire to start additional containment coolers."
Standard:   Candidate reviews step.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 5.      4.4.1.2 Notify Chemistry of the upcoming Mini-Purge operation OR Pressure Relief operation:
: a.      Obtain the current approved Containment Gaseous Release Permit.
OR
: b.      IF an updated permit is unavailable, request that Chemistry sample the containment atmosphere and prepare for the gaseous release.
CUE:        If requested, "Refer to the initial conditions."
Standard:  Candidate determines a current, approved Gaseous Release Permit is available.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
5


5 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 4. 4.4.1.1  IF the Unit is in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4:
: b. Place additional containment cooling units in service IF required to correct the high pressure condition.
CUE: If requested, "The Shift Supervisor does not desire to start additional containment coolers
."  Standard: Candidate reviews step
.
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 5. 4.4.1.2  Notify Chemistry of the upcoming Mini
-Purge operation OR Pressure Relief operation:
: a. Obtain the current approved Containment Gaseous Release Permit.
OR  b. IF an updated permit is unavailable, request that Chemistry sample the containment atmosphere and prepare for the gaseous release.
CUE: If requested, "Refer to the initial conditions
."  Standard: Candidate determines a current, approved Gaseous Release Permit is available. Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
 
JPM 6.     4.4.1.3 WHEN a current approved Containment Gaseous Release Permit is obtained, perform the following:
6 ____________________________________________________________________________
NOTE Magenta color for 1RE-2565 on Com Console may indicate inoperability.
JPM 6. 4.4.1.3 WHEN a current approved Containment Gaseous Release Permit is obtained, perform the following:
CUE:       The Com Console is not modeled in the simulator.
NOTE Magenta color for 1RE
If candidate requests status of 1RE-2565A, B, and C on the Com Console, provide, 1RE-2565A, B, and C are operable.
-2565 on Com Console may indicate inoperability.
CUE: The Com Console is not modeled in the simulator. If candidate requests status of 1 RE-2565A, B, and C on the Com Console, provide, "1RE
-2565A, B, and C are operable."
: a. Verify at least TWO of the following radiation monitors are operable for CVI purposes (TS 3.3.6):
: a. Verify at least TWO of the following radiation monitors are operable for CVI purposes (TS 3.3.6):
1-RE-2565A&B OR 1-RE-2565C 1-RE-002 1-RE-003 b. Verify at least ONE of the following radiation monitors is operable for ODCM purposes:
* 1-RE-2565A&B OR 1-RE-2565C
1-RE-12442C 1-RE-12444C CUE: If requested, "The Shift Supervisor reports that all radiation monitors are operable
* 1-RE-002
." Standard: Candidate checks that radiation monitors are operable
* 1-RE-003
.
: b. Verify at least ONE of the following radiation monitors is operable for ODCM purposes:
* 1-RE-12442C
* 1-RE-12444C CUE:       If requested, "The Shift Supervisor reports that all radiation monitors are operable."
Standard:   Candidate checks that radiation monitors are operable.
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
6


7 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 7. CAUTION The pressure relief should not be initiated until the current approved Containment Gaseous Release Permit is obtained.
JPM 7.
4.4.1.4 Releases may not continue beyond the date/time on the "Release may not continue beyond (Date/Time)" block indicated on 36022
CAUTION The pressure relief should not be initiated until the current approved Containment Gaseous Release Permit is obtained.
-C , Data Sheet 1.
4.4.1.4 Releases may not continue beyond the date/time on the Release may not continue beyond (Date/Time) block indicated on 36022-C, Data Sheet 1.
CUE: If requested, "Refer to the initial conditions
CUE:         If requested, "Refer to the initial conditions."
." Standard: Candidate determines that the current Gaseous Release Permit is valid.
Standard:   Candidate determines that the current Gaseous Release Permit is valid.
 
Comment:
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 8. 4.4.1.5 IF containment pressure is less than or equal to +0.3 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:
JPM 8.       4.4.1.5 IF containment pressure is less than or equal to +0.3 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:
Standard: Candidate determines this step is not applicable since pressure is greater than +0.3 psig. Comment:
Standard:   Candidate determines this step is not applicable since pressure is greater than
            +0.3 psig.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
7


____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
 
JPM 9.
8 ____________________________________________________________________________
NOTES
JPM 9. NOTES Heater will not energize until CTB Mini
* Heater will not energize until CTB Mini-Purge Fan is started and pressure in Filter Housing is negative.
-Purge Fan is started and pressure in Filter Housing is negative.
* Annunciator ALB-52-B07, CNMT PURGE EXH FLTR HI MSTR alarm may ILLUMINATE when pressure relief is initiated. It should EXTINGUISH after approximately 5 minutes of CTB Mini-Purge Fan operation.
Annunciator ALB B07, CNMT PURGE EXH FLTR HI MSTR alarm may ILLUMINATE when pressure relief is initiated. It should EXTINGUISH after approximately 5 minutes of CTB Mini
* Containment pressure should be maintained between -0.1 psig and 1.0 psig.
-Purge Fan operation.
Containment pressure should be maintained between -0.1 psig and 1.0 psig.
CAUTION The pressure relief should not be initiated until the current approved Containment Gaseous Release Permit is obtained.
CAUTION The pressure relief should not be initiated until the current approved Containment Gaseous Release Permit is obtained.
CUE: If requested, "The Shift Supervisor acknowledges incoming annunciator
CUE:         If requested, The Shift Supervisor acknowledges incoming annunciator.
."  4.4.1.6 IF containment pressure is greater than +0.3 psig and less than or equal to +4.4 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:
4.4.1.6 IF containment pressure is greater than +0.3 psig and less than or equal to +4.4 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:
NOTE The following pressure relief is via Flow Orifice 1
NOTE The following pressure relief is via Flow Orifice 1-FO-12593.
-FO-12593. a. Verify CTB MINI
: a.       Verify CTB MINI-PURGE EXH DMPR 1-HV-12592 is CLOSED using 1-HS-12592 (C34).
-PURGE EXH DMPR 1
Standard:   Candidate reviews NOTES and CAUTION and verifies 1-HV-12592 is closed (green light ON, red light OFF).
-HV-12592 is CLOSED using 1
Comment:
-HS-12592 (C34).
____________________________________________________________________________
Standard: Candidate reviews NOTES and CAUTION and verifies 1
8
-HV-12592 is closed (green light ON, red light OFF)
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________


9 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 10. 4.4.1.6 IF containment pressure is greater than +0.3 psig and less than or equal to +4.4 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:
*JPM 10. 4.4.1.6 IF containment pressure is greater than +0.3 psig and less than or equal to +4.4 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:
: b. Open CTB MINI PURGE EXH ORC ISO VLV
: b. Open CTB MINI PURGE EXH ORC ISO VLV-MINI 1-HV-2629B using 1-HS-2629B (B34).
-MINI 1-HV-2629B using 1-HS-2629B (B34).
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Handswitch must be held in the OPEN position for the valve to fully open. If switch is released early, the damper will re-close.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Handswitch must be held in the OPEN position for the valve to fully open. If switch is released early, the damper will re
Standard:   Candidate opens 1-HV-2629B by placing 1-HS-2629B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).
-close. Standard: Candidate opens 1
Comment:
-HV-2629B by placing 1-HS-2629B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON)
____________________________________________________________________________
. Comment:
*JPM 11. 4.4.1.6 IF containment pressure is greater than +0.3 psig and less than or equal to +4.4 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:
: c. Open CTB NORM PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV-MINI 1-HV-2628B using 1-HS-2628B (A34).
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Handswitch must be held in the OPEN position for the valve to fully open. If switch is released early, the damper will re-close.
Standard:  Candidate opens 1-HV-2628B by placing 1-HS-2628B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
9


____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 11. 4.4.1.6 IF containment pressure is greater than +0.3 psig and less than or equal to +4.4 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:
JPM 12. 4.4.1.6 IF containment pressure is greater than +0.3 psig and less than or equal to +4.4 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:
: c. Open CTB NORM PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV
: d.      Log the Initial Containment pressure, START TIME, and DATE on the Containment Gaseous Release Permit.
-MINI 1-HV-2628B using 1-HS-2628B (A34).
CUE:        If requested, The Shift Supervisor will log the information on the Release Permit.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Handswitch must be held in the OPEN position for the valve to fully open. If switch is released early, the damper will re
Standard:  Candidate ensures data is logged on the permit.
-close. Standard: Candidate opens 1
Comment:
-HV-2628B by placing 1-HS-2628B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON)
____________________________________________________________________________
. Comment:   ____________________________
JPM 13. 4.4.1.7 Notify Chemistry that pressure relief has commenced and record the name of the person contacted in the Unit Control Log.
________________________________________________
CUE:        If requested, The Shift Supervisor will contact chemistry.
Standard:   Candidate ensures chemistry is notified.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
10


10 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 12. 4.4.1.6  IF containment pressure is greater than +0.3 psig and less than or equal to +4.4 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:
*JPM 14. 4.4.1.8 Per SS direction, WHEN CTB pressure drops below +0.3 psig, perform the following:
: d. Log the Initial Containment pressure, START TIME, and DATE on the Containment Gaseous Release Permit.
: a.      Open CTB MINI-PURGE EXH DMPR 1-HV-12592 using 1-HS -12592 (C34).
CUE: If requested, "The Shift Supervisor will log the information on the Release Permit
NOTE TO EXAMINER: 1-PI-10945 has a bar graph display and is high on the QHVC panel. It may be difficult to see 0.3 psig clearly on the indicator.
."  Standard: Candidate ensures data is logged on the permit.
CUE:       If requested, The Shift Supervisor directs performance of Step 4.4.1.8.
Standard:   Candidate opens 1-HV-12592 by placing 1-HS-12592 to OPEN when containment pressure is < +0.3 psig (green light OFF, red light ON). NOTE:
Step 4.4.1.8 must be performed when containment pressure < +0.3 psig to protect downstream ductwork from overpressure. This is the basis of the critical step actions in Step 4.4.1.8.a.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
11


Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 13. 4.4.1.7  Notify Chemistry that pressure relief has commenced and record the name of the person contacted in the Unit Control Log.
*JPM 15. 4.4.1.8 Per SS direction, WHEN CTB pressure drops below +0.3 psig, perform the following:
CUE: If requested, "The Shift Supervisor will contact chemistry.Standard: Candidate ensures chemistry is notified.
: b.      Start the CTB MINI-PURGE EXH FAN using 1-HS-2631B (D34).
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Standard:  Candidate starts Mini-Purge Exhaust Fan by placing 1-HS-2631B to START (green light OFF, red light ON). NOTE: Step 4.4.1.8 must be performed when containment pressure < +0.3 psig to protect downstream ductwork from overpressure. This is the basis of the critical step actions in Step 4.4.1.8.b.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 16. 4.4.1.8 Per SS direction, WHEN CTB pressure drops below +0.3 psig, perform the following:
: c.      Place the CTB MINI-PURGE EXH DMPR 1-HS-12592 in AUTO (C34).
Standard:  Candidate places 1-HV-12592 in AUTO by taking 1-HS-12592 to AUTO.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 17.
CAUTION Containment pressure must be maintained above -0.3 psig.
4.4.1.9 Monitor containment pressure.
Standard:   Candidate monitors containment pressure on 1-PI-10945.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
12


11 ____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 14. 4.4.1.8  Per SS direction, WHEN CTB pressure drops below +0.3 psig, perform the following:
: a. Open CTB MINI-PURGE EXH DMPR 1
-HV-12592 using 1
-HS -12592 (C34). NOTE TO EXAMINER:  1
-PI-10945 has a bar graph display and is high on the QHVC panel. It may be difficult to see 0.3 psig clearly on the indicator.
CUE: If requested, "The Shift Supervisor directs performance of Step 4.4.1.8
."  Standard: Candidate opens 1-HV-12592 by placing 1-HS-12592 to OPEN when containment pressure is < +0.3 psig (green light OFF, red light ON)
. NOTE:  Step 4.4.1.8 must be performed when containment pressure < +0.3 psig to protect downstream ductwork from overpressure. This is the basis of the critical step actions in Step 4.4.1.8.
: a. Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 18. 4.4.1.10 IF pressure relief was performed as part of Mini-Purge System Startup, perform the following:
Standard:  Candidate determines step is not applicable.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 19. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
: a.      IF mini purge exhaust fan was started in Step 4.4.1.8, stop the CTB MINI-PURGE EXH FAN using 1-HS-2631B (D34).
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Mini-Purge Exhaust Fan was started in Step 4.4.1.8 based on Shift Supervisor cue.
Standard:  Candidate stops Mini-Purge Exhaust Fan by placing 1-HS-2631B to STOP (green light ON, red light OFF). NOTE: The actions in Step 4.4.1.11 must initiated, not fully completed, when containment pressure lowers to zero +/-0.1 psig. The intent is to maintain containment pressure above -0.3 psig.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 20. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
: b.      Close CTB MINI PURGE EXH ORC ISO VLV-MINI 1-HV-2629B using 1-HS-2629B (B34).
Standard:  Candidate closes 1-HV-2629B by placing 1-HS-2629B to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
13


12 ____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 15. 4.4.1.8  Per SS direction, WHEN CTB pressure drops below +0.3 psig, perform the following:
: b. Start the CTB MINI
-PURGE EXH FAN using 1
-HS-2631B (D34).
Standard: Candidate starts Mini
-Purge Exhaust Fan by placing 1-HS-2631B to START (green light OFF, red light ON)
. NOTE:  Step 4.4.1.8 must be performed when containment pressure < +0.3 psig to protect downstream ductwork from overpressure. This is the basis of the critical step actions in Step 4.4.1.8.
: b. Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 16. 4.4.1.8  Per SS direction, WHEN CTB pressure drops below +0.3 psig, perform the following:
: c. Place the CTB MINI
-PURGE EXH DMPR 1
-HS-12592 in AUTO (C34).
Standard: Candidate places 1-HV-12592 in AUTO by taking 1-HS-12592 to AUTO.
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 17. CAUTION Containment pressure must be maintained above
-0.3 psig. 4.4.1.9  Monitor containment pressure.
Standard: Candidate monitors containment pressure on 1-PI-10945.
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
13 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 18. 4.4.1.10  IF pressure relief was performed as part of Mini
-Purge System Startup, perform the following:
Standard: Candidate determines step is not applicable.
Comment: 
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 19. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
*JPM 21. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
: a. IF mini purge exhaust fan was started in Step 4.4.1.8, stop the CTB MINI-PURGE EXH FAN using 1
: c.       Close CTB NORM PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV-MINI 1-HV-2628B using 1-HS-2628B (A34).
-HS-2631B (D34).
Standard:   Candidate closes 1-HV-2628B by placing 1-HS-2628B to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF).
NOTE TO EXAMINER:  Mini
Comment:
-Purge Exhaust Fan was started in Step 4.4.1.8 based on Shift Supervisor cue.
____________________________________________________________________________
Standard: Candidate stops Mini
*JPM 22. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
-Purge Exhaust Fan by placing 1-HS-2631B to STOP (green light ON, red light OFF)
: d.       Verify CTB MINI PURGE EXH DMPR 1-HS-12592 (C34) in CLOSE.
. NOTE:  The actions in Step 4.4.1.11 must initiated, not fully completed, when containment pressure lowers to zero +/-0.1 psig. The intent is to maintain containment pressure above
Standard:   Candidate closes 1-HV-12592 by placing 1-HS-12592 to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF).
-0.3 psig. Comment:   __________
Comment:
__________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 20. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
JPM 23. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
: b. Close CTB MINI PURGE EXH ORC ISO VLV
: e.      Log the Final Containment pressure and pressure relief STOP TIME and DATE on the Chemistry data sheet provided.
-MINI 1-HV-2629B using 1-HS-2629B (B34).
: f.      Notify Chemistry that containment pressure relief has been terminated.
Standard: Candidate closes 1
: g.      Record the name of the person contacted in the Unit Control Log.
-HV-2629B by placing 1-HS-2629B to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF)
CUE:        If requested, The Shift Supervisor will complete the log and contact chemistry.
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Standard:  Candidate ensures data is logged and chemistry is contacted.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
14


14 ____________________________________________________________
________________
  *JPM 21. 4.4.1.11  WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
: c. Close CTB NORM PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV
-MINI 1-HV-2628B using 1-HS-2628B (A34).
Standard: Candidate closes 1
-HV-2628B by placing 1-HS-2628B to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF)
. Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 22. 4.4.1.11  WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
JPM 24. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
: d. Verify CTB MINI PURGE EXH DMPR 1
: h.       Restore the Mini-Purge System per Checklist 3.
-HS-12592 (C34) in CLOSE.
CUE:       An Extra Operator will complete Checklist 3.
Standard: Candidate closes 1-HV-12592 by placing 1-HS-12592 to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF)
Standard:   N/A Comment:
.
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 23. 4.4.1.11  WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
: e. Log the Final Containment pressure and pressure relief STOP TIME and DATE on the Chemistry data sheet provided.
: f. Notify Chemistry that containment pressure relief has been terminated.
: g. Record the name of the person contacted in the Unit Control Log.
CUE: If requested, "The Shift Supervisor will complete the log and contact chemistry
."  Standard: Candidate ensures data is logged and chemistry is contacted.
 
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
15 ________________________________________________________________
____________
JPM 24. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
: h. Restore the Mini
-Purge System per Checklist 3.
CUE: "An Extra Operator will complete Checklist 3
."  Standard: N/A Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
STOP TIME: __________
STOP TIME: __________
Terminating cue:
Terminating cue:           Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
15
 
16 Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No
.: V-NRC-JP-1 3125-HL1 9 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:


Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-13125-HL19 Examinees Name:
Examiners Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question: ___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Response: __________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________  _____________
16


Question: __________________________________________________
Initial Conditions: Unit 1 was performing a containment pressure relief using 13125-1, Containment Purge System, when a spurious CVI occurred due to a faulty slave relay.
_________________
_____________________________________________________
______________________
______________________________________________________
_____________________
 
Response: ____________________________________________
______________________
__________________________
___________________________
______________________
_____________________________________________________
______________________
_____________________________________________________
______________________
 
Result: Satisfactory
/ Unsatisfactory Examiner's signature and date: _______________________________
_____________
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 was performing a containment pressure relief using 13125-1, "Containment Purge System," when a spurious CVI occurred due to a faulty slave relay.
 
The CVI signal was reset after the faulty relay was repaired.
The CVI signal was reset after the faulty relay was repaired.
The Shift Supervisor has verified with Chemistry that the existing Gaseous Release Permit is still valid for the duration of the pressure relief.
The Shift Supervisor has verified with Chemistry that the existing Gaseous Release Permit is still valid for the duration of the pressure relief.
The IPC is NOT available.
The IPC is NOT available.
Initiating Cue:    The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Perform containment pressure relief using 13125-1.


Initiating Cue:
Final JPM F NRC Job Performance Measure f Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-31008 Task Title: Synchronize Main Generator to the Grid JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13830-HL19 K/A  
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, "Perform containment pressure relief using 13125
-1."
Final JPM F 1 NRC Job Performance Measure "fFacility: Vogtle Task No:
V-LO-TA-310 08  Task Title: Synchronize Main Generator to the Grid
 
JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13830-HL19 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
062A4.07   RO 3.1*    SRO 3.1*
062A4.07           RO 3.1*    SRO 3.1*
Examinee: __________________________
Examinee: __________________________                       NRC Examiner: _____________________
NRC Examiner: _____________________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________                   Date: ______________________________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________
Date: ______________________________
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance _______________
Simulated Performance ________________                    Actual Performance ___________________
Actual Performance ___________________
Classroom ______________                   Simulator ______________               Plant _____________
 
NOTE TO EXAMINER: For time considerations, the candidates should pre-brief and review 13830-1 prior to starting the JPM.
Classroom ______________
Simulator ______________
Plant __________
___  NOTE TO EXAMINER
: For time considerations, the candidates should "pre-brief" and review 13830-1 prior to starting the JPM.
Read to the examinee:
Read to the examinee:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.
Initial Conditions:
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
The unit is starting up following a refueling outage. The main turbine is at 1800 rpm and main generator field excitation has been established. The System Operator has given approval to synchronize the main generator to the grid.
Initial Conditions:         The unit is starting up following a refueling outage. The main turbine is at 1800 rpm and main generator field excitation has been established. The System Operator has given approval to synchronize the main generator to the grid.
Initiating Cue:
Initiating Cue:             The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Synchronize the Main Generator to the grid and assume 60 to 80 MWe in accordance with 13830-1, Main Generator Operation. Perform the initial synchronization using PCB 161710.
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to
1
, "Synchronize the Main Generator to the grid and assume 60 to 80 MWe in accordance with 13830-1, 'Main Generator Operation
.Perform the initial synchronization using PCB 161710."


Task Standard:
Task Standard:     Candidate synchronizes the Main Generator to the grid, and then trips the Main Turbine when no generator current is observed on Phase B.
Candidate synchronizes the Main Generator to the grid, and then trips the Main Turbine when no generator current is observed on Phase B. Required Materials:
Required Materials: 13830-1, Main Generator Operation, (rev. 69) with previously completed steps initialed by exam team Switch Operating Handles General  
13830-1, "Main Generator Operation ," (rev. 6 9) with previously completed steps initialed by exam team Switch Operating Handles General  


==References:==
==References:==
None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time:    15 minutes 2


None Time Critical Task:
SIMULATOR SETUP:
No  Validation Time:
Reset to IC165 for HL-19 NRC exam.
15 minutes 3  SIMULATOR SETUP:
Reset to IC165 for HL
-19 NRC exam.
Simulator Setup from Scratch:
Simulator Setup from Scratch:
: 1. Reset to IC17 (20% power EOL ready to synch to grid). 2. Verify main generator field excitation.
: 1. Reset to IC17 (20% power EOL ready to synch to grid).
: 3. Insert remote function s CM03a, CM03b, CM03c set to OVERRIDE
: 2. Verify main generator field excitation.
. 4. Insert remote functions CM04a and CM04c to 4% on Trigger 1
: 3. Insert remote functions CM03a, CM03b, CM03c set to OVERRIDE.
. 5. Insert remote function CM04b to 0% on Trigger 1
: 4. Insert remote functions CM04a and CM04c to 4% on Trigger 1.
. 6. Ensure generator synch switch positions are correct (vertical), they do not switch check.
: 5. Insert remote function CM04b to 0% on Trigger 1.
: 6. Ensure generator synch switch positions are correct (vertical), they do not switch check.
IMPORTANT NOTES TO SIMULATOR OPERATOR:
IMPORTANT NOTES TO SIMULATOR OPERATOR:
: 1. On each reset verify CM03a, CM03b, and CM03c are set to OVERRIDE.
: 1. On each reset verify CM03a, CM03b, and CM03c are set to OVERRIDE.
: 2. On each reset verify sync switch positions are correct (vertical).
: 2. On each reset verify sync switch positions are correct (vertical).
Setup time:
Setup time: 10 minutes 3
10 minutes 4 Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
 
Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
START TIME: __________
JPM 1.        Section 4.1.3 of 13830-1, Main Generator Operation, selected for synchronizing the Main Generator to the grid.
Standard:      13830-1, Main Generator Operation, is opened to Section 4.1.3.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 2.        4.1.3 Synchronizing the Main Generator to the Grid NOTES
* Phone number for the System Operator is 8-506-6965.
* Phone number for HVSH is 3702.
4.1.3.1        Perform the following:
: a.      Contact Switchyard Coordinator (or his designee).
: b.      Notify him that the Unit one Main Generator Output breaker will be closed.
: c.      Request Switchyard Coordinator (or his designee) to alert personnel working in the HVSW to stand clear.
: d.      Switchyard Coordinator (or his designee) has verified that personnel in HVSW are clear of area.
CUE:          The Switchyard Coordinator has been contacted and personnel are clear of the HVSW.
Standard:      Candidate ensures the Switchyard Coordinator is contacted and personnel are clear of the HVSW.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
4


START TIME:  __________
JPM 1. Section 4.1.
3 of 13830-1, "Main Generator Operation
," selected for synchronizing the Main Generator to the grid
. Standard: 13830-1, "Main Generator Operation
," is opened to Section 4.1.
: 3. Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 2. 4.1.3 Synchronizing the Main Generator to the Grid NOTES  Phone number for the System Operator is 8
JPM 3.     4.1.3.2 Select one PCB for synchronizing:
-506-6965. Phone number for HVSH is 3702.
230kV PCB NORM SPLY TO BUS-1 161710 230kV PCB NORM SPLY TO GOS-WHT (3) 161810 CUE:        Refer to Initial Conditions.
4.1.3.1 Perform the following:
Standard:  Candidate selects PCB 161710 for synchronizing.
: a. Contact Switchyard Coordinator (or his designee).
Comment:
: b. Notify him that the Unit one Main Generator Output breaker will be closed. c. Request Switchyard Coordinator (or his designee) to alert personnel working in the HVSW to stand clear.
____________________________________________________________________________
: d. Switchyard Coordinator (or his designee) has verified that personnel in HVSW are clear of area.
*JPM 4. 4.1.3.3 Place the Synchronize Switch for the selected PCB in the R (running) position:
CUE: "The Switchyard Coordinator has been contacted and personnel are clear of the HVSW
PCB 161710                        1-SS-BUS 1 PCB 161810                        1-SS-GOS WHT (3)
."
NOTE TO EXAMINER: The switch handle is normally removed.
Standard: Candidate ensures the Switchyard Coordinator is contacted and personnel are clear of the HVSW
Standard:  Candidate places synchronizing switch 1-SS-BUS 1 in the R (running) position (turns handle clockwise).
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 5. 4.1.3.4 Place Unit 1 Synchronize Switch 1-SS-U1 in the I (incoming) position.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: The switch handle is normally removed.
Standard:   Candidate places synchronizing switch 1-SS-U1 in the I (incoming) position (turns handle counterclockwise).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
5


5 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 3. 4.1.3.Select one PCB for synchronizing:
JPM 6.      4.1.3.5 Verify rotation of 230 kV System Synchroscope 1SI-40125.
230kV PCB NORM SPLY TO BUS
Standard:  Candidate verifies 1SI-40125 is rotating (meter on vertical panel).
-1 161710 230kV PCB NORM SPLY TO GOS
Comment:
-WHT (3) 161810 CUE: "Refer to Initial Conditions
____________________________________________________________________________
."
JPM 7.     4.1.3.6 Using the 230 kV Voltage/Frequency Selector Switch 1-VS-US1:
Standard: Candidate selects PCB 161710 for synchronizing.
: a. Select the PCB to be closed and note the 230 kV System voltage (1EI-40124).
PCB-161710                  BUS-1 PCB-161810                  GOS-WHT (3)
Standard:  Candidate selects Bus 1 on 1-VS-US1 and records the system voltage indicated on 1EI-40124 (meter on vertical panel).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 8.      4.1.3.6 Using the 230 kV Voltage/Frequency Selector Switch 1-VS-US1:
: b. Select Unit 1 position and note the Unit 1 230 kV voltage (1EI-40124).
Standard:   Candidate selects Unit 1 on 1-VS-US1 and records the system voltage indicated on 1EI-40124 (meter on vertical panel).
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
6


*JPM 4. 4.1.3.3  Place the Synchronize Switch for the selected PCB in the R (running) position:
____________________________________________________________________________
PCB 161710 1-SS-BUS 1 PCB 161810 1-SS-GOS WHT (3)
JPM 9.     4.1.3.7 Use the Volts/VARs RAISE/LOWER Pushbutton on the COI display to slowly adjust Unit 1 230 kV voltage to read between zero and 1.0 kV higher than 230 kV System voltage for selected PCB.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: The switch handle is normally removed.
CUE:        CV request is noted.
Standard: Candidate places synchronizing switch 1-SS-BUS 1 in the R (running) position (turns handle clockwise)
Standard:  Candidate adjusts 230 kV voltage using the Volts/VARs Raise / Lower pushbuttons on the COI to between 0 and 1.0 kV higher than 230 kV system voltage. NOTE: Due to the meter scale, adjustments may not be required.
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:
  *JPM 5. 4.1.3.4  Place Unit 1 Synchronize Switch 1
____________________________________________________________________________
-SS-U1 in the I (incoming) position.
JPM 10. 4.1.3.8 Adjust Turbine speed using the INCREASE LOAD and DECREASE LOAD Pushbuttons until 1SI-40125 Pointer is rotating very slowly in FAST (clockwise) direction.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: The switch handle is normally removed.
CUE:        CV request is noted.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: 1SI-40125 is on the vertical panel. The INCREASE LOAD and DECREASE LOAD pushbuttons are left of the breaker controls, on the horizontal panel.
Standard:   Candidate adjusts turbine speed using the INCREASE LOAD and/or DECREASE LOAD pushbuttons until 1SI-40125 is rotating slowly in the FAST (clockwise) direction. NOTE: Step 4.1.3.10.c. will direct a specific rotation speed of 10 - 15 seconds / rotation.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 11. 4.1.3.9 Make plant page announcement that the Unit One Main Generator Output breaker will be closed and to stand clear.
Standard:  Candidate makes page announcement.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
7


Standard: Candidate places synchronizing switch 1
___________________________________________________________________________
-SS-U1 in the I (incoming) position (turns handle counterclockwise)
*JPM 12. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is required:
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
: a. Position Synch Mode Sel Switch 1-TS-US1 to the PCB selected for synchronizing:
 
PCB-161710 PCB-161810 Standard:   Candidate places 1-TS-US1 in the PCB-161710 position (turns switch counterclockwise).
6 ____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:
JPM 6. 4.1.3.5  Verify rotation of 230 kV System Synchroscope 1SI
____________________________________________________________________________
-40125.
JPM 13. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is required:
Standard: Candidate verifies 1SI-40125 is rotating (meter on vertical panel).
: b. Monitor 230 kV System Synchroscope 1SI-40125.
Standard:  Candidate monitors rotation of 1SI-40125.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 14. JPM 14. (not critical) 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is required:
: c. Verify the Synchroscope Pointer is rotating very slowly (approximately 10 to 15 second rotation) in the FAST (clockwise) direction.
CUE:        CV request is noted.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may use INCREASE LOAD and/or DECREASE LOAD pushbuttons to adjust 1SI-40125 rotation speed.
Standard:   Candidate verifies 1SI-40125 is rotating very slowly (~ 10 to 15 second rotation) in the FAST (clockwise) direction by adjusting turbine speed using the INCREASE and/or DECREASE LOAD pushbuttons as necessary.
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
8


JPM 7. 4.1.3.6  Using the 230 kV Voltage/Frequency Selector Switch 1
9
-VS-US1:
____________________________________________________________________________
: a. Select the PCB to be closed and note the 230 kV System voltage (1EI-40124). PCB-161710 BUS-1 PCB-161810 GOS-WHT (3)  Standard: Candidate selects Bus 1 on 1
JPM 15. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is desired:
-VS-US1 and records the system voltage indicated on 1EI-40124 (meter on vertical panel)
: d.     When the Synchroscope Pointer nears the 12 o'clock (straight up) position, observe the red AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE light illuminates.
.
Standard:   Candidate observes the AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE light lit near the 12 oclock position.
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:
JPM 8. 4.1.3.6  Using the 230 kV Voltage/Frequency Selector Switch 1
-VS-US1:  b. Select Unit 1 position and note the Unit 1 230 kV voltage (1EI
-40124). Standard: Candidate selects Unit 1 on 1
-VS-US1 and records the system voltage indicated on 1EI-40124 (meter on vertical panel).
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
7 ________________________________________________________
____________________
JPM 9. 4.1.3.7  Use the Volts/VARs RAISE/LOWER Pushbutton on the COI display to slowly adjust Unit 1 230 kV voltage to read between zero and 1.0 kV higher than 230 kV System voltage for selected PCB.
CUE: "CV request is noted."
Standard: Candidate adjusts 230 kV voltage using the Volts/VARs Raise / Lower pushbuttons on the COI to between 0 and 1.0 kV higher than 230 kV system voltage. NOTE:  Due to the meter scale, adjustments may not be required.
 
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 10. 4.1.3.8  Adjust Turbine speed using the INCREASE LOAD and DECREASE LOAD Pushbuttons until 1SI
-40125 Pointer is rotating very slowly in FAST (clockwise) direction.
CUE: "CV request is noted."
NOTE TO EXAMINER:  1SI
-40125 is on the vertical panel. The INCREASE LOAD and DECREASE LOAD pushbuttons are left of the breaker controls, on the horizontal panel.
Standard: Candidate adjusts turbine speed using the INCREASE LOAD and/or DECREASE LOAD pushbuttons until 1SI
-40125 is rotating slowly in the FAST (clockwise) direction.
NOTE:  Step 4.1.3.10.c. will direct a specific rotation speed of 10 - 15 seconds / rotation.
Comment:    ______________________________________________
______________________________
JPM 11. 4.1.3.9  Make plant page announcement that the Unit One Main Generator Output breaker will be closed and to stand clear.
Standard: Candidate makes page announcement
. Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
8 ___________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 12. 4.1.3.10  I f automatic synchronizing is required:  a. Position Synch Mode Sel Switch 1
-TS-US1 to the PCB selected for synchronizing:
PCB-161710 PCB-161810  Standard: Candidate places 1-TS-US1 in the PCB
-161710 position (turns switch counterclockwise)
. Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 13. 4.1.3.10  If automatic synchronizing is required:  b. Monitor 230 kV System Synchroscope 1SI
-40125. Standard: Candidate monitors rotation of 1SI-40125. Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 14. JPM 14. (not critical) 4.1.3.10  If automatic synchronizing is required:  c. Verify the Synchroscope Pointer is rotating very slowly (approximately 10 to 15 second rotation) in the FAST (clockwise) direction.
*JPM 16. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is desired:
CUE: "CV request is noted."
NOTE TO EXAMINER:  Candidate may use INCREASE LOAD and/or DECREASE LOAD pushbuttons to adjust 1SI
-40125 rotation speed.
Standard: Candidate verifies 1SI-40125 is rotating very slowly (~ 10 to 15 second rotation) in the FAST (clockwise) direction by adjusting turbine speed using the INCREASE and/or DECREASE LOAD pushbuttons as necessary
. Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
9 10 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 15. 4.1.3.10  If automatic synchronizing is desired:
: d. W hen the Synchroscope Pointer nears the 12 o'clock (straight up) position, observe the red AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE light illuminates.
 
Standard: Candidate observes the AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE light lit near the 12 o'clock position. Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
*JPM 16. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is desired:
NOTE Pushbutton should be depressed and held several seconds until the PCB closes.
NOTE Pushbutton should be depressed and held several seconds until the PCB closes.
: e. As the Synchroscope Pointer passes the 11 o'clock position, depress and release the Automatic Synchronizing Pushbutton for the selected PCB:
: e.     As the Synchroscope Pointer passes the 11 oclock position, depress and release the Automatic Synchronizing Pushbutton for the selected PCB:
BUS-1 AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE PCB 161710 GOS-WHT (3) AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE PCB 161810 CUE: Simulator operator actuates Trigger 1 when PCB 161 710 is closed.
BUS-1                 AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE PCB 161710 GOS-WHT (3)           AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE PCB 161810 CUE:       Simulator operator actuates Trigger 1 when PCB 161710 is closed.
Standard: Candidate depresses AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE PCB 161710 when the synchroscope passes the 11 o'clock position to close PCB 161 7 10.
Standard:   Candidate depresses AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE PCB 161710 when the synchroscope passes the 11 oclock position to close PCB 161710.
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
10


11 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 17. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is desired:
JPM 17. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is desired:
: f. Verify the selected PCB closes by observing the following:
: f. Verify the selected PCB closes by observing the following:
Red light indication on the selected PCB handswitch
* Red light indication on the selected PCB handswitch
 
* Current indicated on amp meter on each phase of Main Generator output or on IPC Computer Points:
Current indicated on amp meter on each phase of Main Generator output or on IPC Computer Points:
IPC Point                   Amp Meter J2832                       1II-40127 J2833                       1II-40128 J2834                       1II-40129 Standard:   Candidate observes red light indication on PCB 161710 handswitch. Candidate checks current on each phase and determines NO current is indicated on Phase B (J2833 and/or 1II-40128)
IPC Point Amp Meter J2832 1II-40127 J2833 1II-40128 J2834 1II-40129 Standard: Candidate observes red light indication on PCB 161710 handswitch. Candidate checks current on each phase and determines NO current is indicated on Phase B (J2833 and/or 1II-40128)
Comment:
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 18. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is desired:
*JPM 18. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is desired:
: g. I f current is NOT indicated on all three phases, then trip the Turbine and initiate 18011
: g. If current is NOT indicated on all three phases, then trip the Turbine and initiate 18011-C, Turbine Trip Below P-9.
-C, "Turbine Trip Below P
CUE:       The Shift Supervisor will initiate 18011-C.
-9.CUE: "The Shift Supervisor will initiate 1 8011-C.Standard: Candidate trips the Main Turbine by depressing the red TRIP pushbutton.
Standard:   Candidate trips the Main Turbine by depressing the red TRIP pushbutton.
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:
STOP TIME: __________
____________________________________________________________________________
Terminating cue:
STOP TIME: __________
Candidate returns initiating cue sheet
Terminating cue:           Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
.
11
12 Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.
: V-NRC-JP-13830-HL19 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:


Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-13830-HL19 Examinees Name:
Examiners Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question: __________________________________________________________________
Question: __________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________
Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________     ________
Result: Satisfactory
12
/ Unsatisfactory Examiner's signature and date: _______________________________
________
Initial Conditions:
The unit is starting up following a refueling outage. The main turbine is at 1800 rpm and main generator field excitation has been established. The System Operator has given approval to synchronize the main generator to the grid. 


Initiating Cue:
Initial Conditions: The unit is starting up following a refueling outage. The main turbine is at 1800 rpm and main generator field excitation has been established. The System Operator has given approval to synchronize the main generator to the grid.
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, "Synchronize the Main Generator to the grid and assume 60 to 80 MWe in accordance with 13830
Initiating Cue:     The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Synchronize the Main Generator to the grid and assume 60 to 80 MWe in accordance with 13830-1, Main Generator Operation.
-1, 'Main Generator Operation.Perform the initial synchronization using PCB 161710."
Perform the initial synchronization using PCB 161710.


Final JPM G 1 NRC Job Performance Measure "gFacility: Vogtle Task No:
Final JPM G NRC Job Performance Measure g Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-23005 Task Title: Manually Align Control Room Isolation on High Radiation JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13301-HL19 K/A  
V-LO-TA-23005 Task Title: Manually Align Control Room Isolation on High Radiation
 
JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13301-HL19 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
061AA1.01           RO 3.6     SRO 3.6 Examinee: _________________________                       NRC Examiner: ______________________
061AA1.01   RO 3.6   SRO 3.6 Examinee: _________________________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________                   Date: ______________________________
NRC Examiner: ____________
__________  Facility Evaluator: ____________________
Date: ______________________________
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance _______________
Simulated Performance ________________                    Actual Performance ___________________
Actual Performance ___________________
Classroom ______________                  Simulator ______________              Plant _____________
Read to the examinee:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Initial Conditions:        The unit is at 100% power.
Initiating Cue:            The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Assume the duties of the Unit Operator. Correctly diagnose plant conditions and complete any required corrective actions.
1


Classroom ______________
Task Standard:     Candidate acknowledges the Control Room high radiation alarm and identifies the failure of Control Room Isolation (CRI) to automatically actuate. The candidate then manually actuates and aligns Control Room Isolation using 13301-C, Section 4.4.1.
Simulator ______________
Required Materials: 13301-C, CBCR Normal HVAC and Emergency Filtration System (rev.
Plant __________
30) 17102-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for the Safety Related Display Console QRM2 (rev. 20.3)
___  Read to the examinee:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Initial Conditions:
The unit is at 100% power
. Initiating Cue:
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, "Assume the duties of the Unit Operator. Correctly diagnose plant conditions and complete any required corrective actions
."
2 Task Standard:
Candidate acknowledges the Control Room high radiation alarm and identifies the failure of Control Room Isolation (CRI) to automatically actuate. The candidate then manually actuates and aligns Control Room Isolation using 13301
-C, Section 4.4.1.
Required Materials:
13301-C, "CBCR Normal HVAC and Emergency Filtration System" (rev. 30) 17102-1 , "Annunciator Response Procedures for the Safety Related Display Console QRM2" (rev. 20.
: 3)
General  
General  


==References:==
==References:==
None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time:    12 minutes 2


None  Time Critical Task:
SIMULATOR SETUP:
No Validation Time:
Reset to IC170 for HL-19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:
1 2 minutes 3 SIMULATOR SETUP:
Reset to IC 170 for HL-1 9 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:
: 1. Reset to IC14 (MOL 100%)
: 1. Reset to IC14 (MOL 100%)
: 2. Insert malfunction ES04A (Failure of Train  
: 2. Insert malfunction ES04A (Failure of Train A CRI)
'A' CRI) 3. Insert malfunction ES04B (Failure of Train  
: 3. Insert malfunction ES04B (Failure of Train B CRI)
'B' CRI) 4. Insert malfunctions RM12116 and RM12117 at 100% severity with one minute ramp on Trigger 1 5. Override BOTH SSMP TROUBLE alarms to OFF
: 4. Insert malfunctions RM12116 and RM12117 at 100% severity with one minute ramp on Trigger 1
: 6. Acknowledge
: 5. Override BOTH SSMP TROUBLE alarms to OFF
/ Reset alarms
: 6. Acknowledge / Reset alarms
: 7. Freeze simulator
: 7. Freeze simulator Setup time: 5 minutes 3


Setup time:
Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
5 minutes 4 Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 1. CUE: With Examiner concurrence, simulator operator actuates Trigger 1 to generate control room radiation alarms (1 minute ramp time).
JPM 1.
START TIME: __________
CUE:           With Examiner concurrence, simulator operator actuates Trigger 1 to generate control room radiation alarms (1 minute ramp time).
Annunciators ALB05
START TIME: __________
-B03, INTMD RADIATION ALARM, and ALB05
Annunciators ALB05-B03, INTMD RADIATION ALARM, and ALB05-C03, HIGH RADIATION ALARM, are received.
-C03, HIGH RADIATION ALARM, are received.
Standard:     Candidate acknowledges annunciators.
Standard: Candidate acknowledges annunciator
Comment:
: s. Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 2. 17102-1, "Annunciator Response Procedure for the Safety Related Display Console QRM2
JPM 2.         17102-1, "Annunciator Response Procedure for the Safety Related Display Console QRM2," is entered.
," is entered.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may reference 17005-1 for the ALB05 annunciators. 17005-1 will direct the candidate to 17102-1.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may reference 17005
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may look at the IPC or the SRDC to determine which radiation monitors are in alarm.
-1 for the ALB05 annunciators. 17005
Standard:     Candidate enters 17102-1, "Annunciator Response Procedure for the Safety Related Display Console QRM2," for windows B5 (1RE-12116) and/or C5 (1RE-12117).
-1 will direct the candidate to 17102
Comment:
-1. NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may look at the IPC or the SRDC to determine which radiation monitors are in alarm.
____________________________________________________________________________
Standard: Candidate enters 17102
4
-1, "Annunciator Response Procedure for the Safety Related Display Console QRM2
," for windows B5 (1RE
-12116) and/or C5 (1RE
-12117). Comment:   _________________________________________________________________
___________
5 _________________________________________________________________
___________  JPM 3. NOTE For other than HIGH conditions see Pages 5 and 6.
1.0  PROBABLE CAUSE
: 1. Gaseous radioactivity in the incoming air
. 2. Equipment malfunction
. NOTE TO EXAMINER:  Candidate may check the trends of 1RE
-12116 and 1RE-12117 on the IPC to rule out equipment malfunction as a probable cause. CUE: If requested, "2RE-12116 and 2RE
-12117 are in high alarm."  Standard: Candidate reviews probable cause of the alarm.


____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 3.
NOTE For other than HIGH conditions see Pages 5 and 6.
1.0 PROBABLE CAUSE
: 1.      Gaseous radioactivity in the incoming air.
: 2.      Equipment malfunction.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may check the trends of 1RE-12116 and 1RE-12117 on the IPC to rule out equipment malfunction as a probable cause.
CUE:        If requested, 2RE-12116 and 2RE-12117 are in high alarm.
Standard:    Candidate reviews probable cause of the alarm.
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 4. 2.0 AUTOMATIC ACTIONS Control Room and Technical Support Center Ventilation switches to the Post Accident Mode.
JPM 4.       2.0     AUTOMATIC ACTIONS Control Room and Technical Support Center Ventilation switches to the Post Accident Mode.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may attempt to actuate CRI using handswitches 1
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may attempt to actuate CRI using handswitches 1-HS-12195A and 1-HS-12196A (clockwise to ACTUATE) as a verification of an automatic action that should have occurred.
-HS-12195A and 1
Standard:   Candidate determines Control Room and Technical Support Center Ventilation did NOT switch to the Post Accident Mode by checking 1-HS-12195A (green light ON, red light OFF) and 1-HS-12196A (green light ON, red light OFF).
-HS-12196A (clockwise to ACTUATE) as a verification of an automatic action that should have occurred.
Comment:
Standard: Candidate determines Control Room and Technical Support Center Ventilation did NOT switch to the Post Accident Mode by checking 1-HS-12195A (green light ON, red light OFF) and 1
____________________________________________________________________________
-HS-12196A (green light ON, red light OFF).
5


Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 5.      3.0    INITIAL OPERATOR ACTIONS NONE Standard:  N/A Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 6.      4.0   SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
: 1. Verify a Control Room Filtration Unit is running. If not, manually start per 13301-C, CBCR Normal HVAC and Emergency Filtration System, section for manually initiating Control Room Isolation.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may attempt to actuate CRI at this time using handswitches 1-HS-12195A and 1-HS-12196A (turned clockwise to ACTUATE), since this is a verify step.
Standard:  Candidate determines Control Room Isolation did NOT actuate and enters 13301-C, CBCR Normal HVAC and Emergency Filtration System, Section


6 ____________________________________________________________________________
====4.4.1. Comment====
JPM 5. 3.0 INITIAL OPERATOR ACTIONS NONE  Standard: N/A Comment
____________________________________________________________________________
6


____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 6. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
JPM 7.
: 1. Verify a Control Room Filtration Unit is running. If not, manually start per 13301-C, "CBCR Normal HVAC and Emergency Filtration System
NOTES
," section for manually initia ting Control Room Isolation.
* This section is written using Unit 1, Unit 2, and Common component designations. Some Unit 2 designations are shown in parentheses.
NOTE TO EXAMINER:  Candidate may attempt to actuate CRI at this time using handswitches 1
* If the TRAIN B CR FLTR UNIT SUPPLY FAN fails to start on actuation, the Train A Fan will start after a 30 second time delay.
-HS-12195A and 1
* The TSC Air Filtration System will automatically start on manual initiation of Control Room Isolation.
-HS-12196A (turned clockwise to ACTUATE), since this is a "verify" step
ALB05-D05 GROUP 4 MONITOR LIGHT COMP OFF NORM ALB39-D05 480V SWGR ANB30 TROUBLE ALB50-B03 CR HI/LO DIFF PRESS 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
. Standard: Candidate determines Control Room Isolation did NOT actuate and enters 13301-C, "CBCR Normal HVAC and Emergency Filtration System
: a. Place either CR ISO MANUAL ACTUATION Switch in ACTUATE:
," Section 4.4.1. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
* 1-HS-12195A [A4] (TRAIN A) to ACTUATE.
* 1-HS-12196A [A6] (TRAIN B) to ACTUATE.
CUE:          If requested, The control room has been notified of the incoming annunciators.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: The simulator booth operator will acknowledge the annunciators in the at-the-controls area (those not on the QHVC panel).
Standard:     Candidate reviews NOTES and rotates 1-HS-12195A and 1-HS-12196A to the ACTUATE position (green lights ON, red lights OFF) and determines CRI does NOT occur.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
7


7 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 7. NOTES  This section is written using Unit 1, Unit 2
*JPM 8. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
, and Common component designations. Some Unit 2 designations are shown in parenthes e s. If the TRAIN B CR FLTR UNIT SUPPLY FAN fails to start on actuation, the Train A Fan will start after a 30 second time delay.
: b. Verify that TRAIN B CR FLTR UNIT SUPPLY FAN (LEAD), 1-1531-N7-002 [B10] starts.
The TSC Air Filtration System will automatically start on manual initiation of Control Room Isolation.
Standard:  Candidate starts Train B Control Room Filter Unit Supply Fan (lead) by placing 1-HS-12121 to START (green light OFF, red light ON).
ALB05-D05 GROUP 4 MONITOR LIGHT COMP OFF NORM ALB39-D05 480V SWGR ANB30 TROUBLE ALB50-B03 CR HI/LO DIFF PRESS 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One: a. Place either CR ISO MANUAL ACTUATION Switch in ACTUATE:
Comment:
1-HS-12195A [A4] (TRAIN A) to ACTUATE.
____________________________________________________________________________
1-HS-12196A [A6] (TRAIN B) to ACTUATE.
JPM 9.      4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
CUE: If requested, "The control room has been notified of the incoming annunciators
: c. Verify that TRAIN A CR FLTR UNIT SUPPLY FAN (STANDBY), 1-1531-N7-001 [B8] does NOT start.
."  NOTE TO EXAMINER: The simulator booth operator will acknowledge the annunciators in the at
Standard:  Candidate determines Train A Control Room Filter Unit Supply Fan (standby) is not running by checking 1-HS-12120 (green light ON, red light OFF).
-the-controls area (those not on the QHVC panel).
Comment:
Standard: Candidate reviews NOTES and rotates 1-HS-12195A and 1
____________________________________________________________________________
-HS-12196A to the ACTUATE position (green light s ON, red light s OFF) and determines CRI d oes NOT occur. Comment:
*JPM 10. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
: d. Verify that both KIT TOIL + CONF RM EXH ISO DMPRs close:
A-HV-12162 [D6], TRAIN A, CLOSED A-HV-12163 [D7], TRAIN B, CLOSED Standard:   Candidate closes exhaust isolation dampers by placing A-HV-12162 and A-HV-12163 to CLOSE (green lights ON, red lights OFF). NOTE: These dampers are in series, so closing either damper meets the critical step.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
8


____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 11. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
NOTES
* All positions in Step 4.4.1.1.e may be verified in any order.
: e.      Verify the following damper positions:
(1)      CR NORM AIR SUPPLY ISO DMPRs:
1-HV-12146 [C6], TRAIN A CLOSED 2-HV-12146 [C6], TRAIN A CLOSED 1-HV-12147 [C7], TRAIN B CLOSED 2-HV-12147 [C7], TRAIN B CLOSED CUE:        The Unit 2 UO verified 2-HV-12146 and 2-HV-12147 are closed.
Standard:  Candidate closes normal supply isolation damper by placing 1-HV-12146 to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF) and checks 1-HV-12147 closed (green light ON, red light OFF). Candidate requests Unit 2 verify closed 2-HV-12146 and 2-HV-12147 (cue provided).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
9


8 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 8. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One: b. Verify that TRAIN B CR FLTR UNIT SUPPLY FAN (LEAD), 1
*JPM 12. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
-1531-N7-002 [B10] starts.
: e.     Verify the following damper positions:
Standard: Candidate starts Train 'B' Control Room Filter Unit Supply Fan (lead) by placing 1-HS-12 121 to START (green light OFF, red light ON).
(2)     CR NORM AIR RTN ISO DMPRs:
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
1-HV-12149 [E6], TRAIN A CLOSED 2-HV-12149 [E6], TRAIN A CLOSED 1-HV-12148 [E7], TRAIN B CLOSED 2-HV-12148 [E7], TRAIN B CLOSED CUE:        The Unit 2 UO verified 2-HV-12149 and 2-HV-12148 are closed.
JPM 9. 4.4.1.1  Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:  c. Verify that TRAIN A CR FLTR UNIT SUPPLY FAN (STANDBY), 1-1531-N7-00 1 [B 8] does NOT start.
Standard:   Candidate closes normal return isolation damper by placing 1-HV-12149 to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF) and checks 1-HV-12148 closed (green light ON, red light OFF). Candidate requests Unit 2 verify closed 2-HV-12149 and 2-HV-12148 (cue provided).
Standard: Candidate determines Train 'A' Control Room Filter Unit Supply Fan (standby) is not running by checking 1-HS-1212 0 (green light O N, red light O FF). Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 10. 4.4.1.1  Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:  d. Verify that both KIT TOIL + CONF RM EXH ISO DMPRs close:
A-HV-12162 [D6], TRAIN A, CLOSED A-HV-12163 [D7], TRAIN B, CLOSED Standard: Candidate closes exhaust isolation dampers by placing A
-HV-12162 and A
-HV-12163 to CLOSE (green light s O N, red light s O FF). NOTE:  These dampers are in series, so closing either damper meets the critical step.
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 13. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
: f.      Verify the following for the Filter Unit that started:
(1)    If Train B Filter Unit, 1-1531-N7-002 [B10] started:
(a)      Verify that the Train B CR FILTER UNIT OUTLET AIR DMPR, 1-HV-12129 [C11] OPEN.
Standard:  Candidate verifies 1-HV-12129 is open on 1-HS-12129 (green light OFF, red light ON).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
10


9 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 11. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One: NOTES  All positions in Step 4.4.1.1.e may be verified in any order.
JPM 14. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
: e. Verify the following damper positions:
: f.     Verify the following for the Filter Unit that started:
(1) CR NORM AIR SUPPLY ISO DMPRs:
(1)     If Train B Filter Unit, 1-1531-N7-002 [B10] started:
1-HV-12146 [C6], TRAIN A CLOSED 2-HV-12146 [C6], TRAIN A CLOSED 1-HV-12147 [C7], TRAIN B CLOSED 2-HV-12147 [C7], TRAIN B CLOSED CUE: "The Unit 2 UO verified 2
(b)      Verify that the Train B CR RTN FAN INLET AIR DMPR on the running train, 1-HV-12131 [D10] OPEN.
-HV-12146 and 2
Standard:  Candidate verifies 1-HV-12131 is open on 1-HS-12131 (green light OFF, red light ON).
-HV-12147 are closed
Comment:
.Standard: Candidate closes normal supply isolation damper by placing 1-HV-121 46 to CLOSE (green light O N, red light O FF) and checks 1
____________________________________________________________________________
-HV-12147 closed (green light ON, red light OFF)
JPM 15. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
. Candidate requests Unit 2 verify closed 2
: f.      Verify the following for the Filter Unit that started:
-HV-12146 and 2-HV-12147 (cue provided).
(1)    If Train B Filter Unit, 1-1531-N7-002 [B10] started:
Comment:
(c)      Verify that the Train B CR NORMAL HVAC UNIT INTAKE ISO DMPR on the running train, A-HV-12152 [B7]
CLOSED.
Standard:   Candidate verifies A-HV-12152 is closed on 1-HS-12152 (green light ON, red light OFF).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 16. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
: f.      Verify the following for the Filter Unit that started:
(2)    If Train A Filter Unit, 1-1531-N7-001 [B8] started:
Standard:  Candidate determines Steps 4.4.1.1.f.(2)(a) - (c) are N/A.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
11


____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 17. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
: g. Verify that the CR NORM AC UNIT SUPPLY FANs shut down:
* A-1531-A7-001 [C4] STOPPED
* A-1531-A7-002 [C5] STOPPED Standard:  Candidate checks Normal Supply Fans are STOPPED on A-HS-12143 and A-HS-12144 (green lights ON, red lights OFF).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 18. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
: h. Verify that the CR NORM AC UNIT EXH FANs shut down:
* A-1531-B7-009 [D4] STOPPED
* A-1531-B7-010 [D5] STOPPED Standard:  Candidate checks Normal Supply Fans are STOPPED on A-HS-12150 and A-HS-12151 (green lights ON, red lights OFF).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
12


10 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 12. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:  e. Verify the following damper positions:
JPM 19.         4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
(2) CR NORM AIR RTN ISO DMPRs:
: i. Verify that the KITCH TOILET AND CONF RM EXH FAN, A-HS-12164, in the Shift AA's Office, stops.
1-HV-12149 [E6], TRAIN A CLOSED 2-HV-1214 9 [E6], TRAIN A CLOSED 1-HV-1214 8 [E7], TRAIN B CLOSED 2-HV-1214 8 [E7], TRAIN B CLOSED CUE: "The Unit 2 UO verified 2
CUE:             The Control Building Operator reports A-HS-12164s green light is LIT and the fan has stopped.
-HV-12149 and 2
Standard:       Candidate checks that the Kitchen, Toilet, and Conference Room exhaust fan is stopped.
-HV-12148 are closed
."
Standard: Candidate closes normal return isolation damper by placing 1
-HV-12149 to CLOSE (green light O N, red light O FF) and checks 1
-HV-1214 8 closed (green light ON, red light OFF).
Candidate requests Unit 2 verify closed 2
-HV-12149 and 2-HV-12148 (cue provided).
 
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 13. 4.4.1.1  Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:  f. Verify the following for the Filter Unit that started:
(1) If Train B Filter Unit, 1
-1531-N7-002 [B10] started:
(a) Verify that the Train B CR FILTER UNIT OUTLET AIR DMPR, 1-HV-12129 [C11] OPEN
.
Standard: Candidate verifies 1
-HV-12129 is open on 1
-HS-12129 (green light O FF, red light O N). Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
11 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 14. 4.4.1.1  Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:  f. Verify the following for the Filter Unit that started:
(1) If Train B Filter Unit, 1
-1531-N7-002 [B10] started:
(b) Verify that the Train B CR RTN FAN INLET AIR DMPR on the running train , 1-HV-121 31 [D10] OPEN. Standard: Candidate verifies 1
-HV-121 31 is open on 1
-HS-121 31 (green light OFF, red light ON).
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 15. 4.4.1.1  Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:  f. Verify the following for the Filter Unit that started:
(1) If Train B Filter Unit, 1
-1531-N7-002 [B10] started:
(c) Verify that the Train B CR NORMAL HVAC UNIT INTAKE ISO DMPR on the running train
, A-HV-121 52 [B7] CLOSED. Standard: Candidate verifies A-HV-121 52 is closed on 1-HS-121 52 (green light O N, red light O FF).
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 16. 4.4.1.1  Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:  f. Verify the following for the Filter Unit that started:
(2) If Train A Filter Unit, 1
-1531-N7-001 [B8] started:
Standard: Candidate determines Step s 4.4.1.1.f.(2)(a)
- (c) are N/A
. Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
12 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 17. 4.4.1.1  Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:  g. Verify that the CR NORM AC UNIT SUPPLY FANs shut down
:  A-1531-A7-001 [C4] STOPPED A-1531-A7-002 [C5] STOPPED Standard: Candidate checks Normal Supply Fans are STOPPED on A-HS-12143 and A
-HS-12144 (green light s ON, red light s OFF).
Comment:
Comment:
__________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________
JPM 20.         4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
JPM 18. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One: h. Verify that the CR NORM AC UNIT EXH FANs shut down
NOTE If it is necessary to isolate outside air to the Control Room in the next step due to smoke or toxic gas intake, both the Unit 1 and Unit 2 dampers should be shut.
:   A-1531-B 7-00 9 [D4] STOPPED A-1531-B 7-0 10 [D5] STOPPED Standard: Candidate checks Normal Supply Fans are STOPPED on A
: j. If Control Room outside air is restricted for Control Room habitability due to smoke or toxic gas intake, THEN close the CR Outside Air Supply Dampers for BOTH Units:
-HS-121 50 and A-HS-121 51 (green lights ON, red lights OFF).
CUE:             There is no indication of smoke or toxic gas.
Standard:       Candidate determines this step is N/A.
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
13


13 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 19. 4.4.1.1  Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:  i. Verify that the KITCH TOILET AND CONF RM EXH FAN, A
-HS-12164 , in the Shift AA's Office, stops.
CUE: "The Control Building Operator reports A
-HS-12164's green light is LIT and the fan has stopped.
"
Standard: Candidate checks that the Kitchen , Toilet , and Conference Room exhaust fan is stopped. Comment:
_________________________________________________
___________________________
JPM 20. 4.4.1.1  Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:  NOTE If it is necessary to isolate outside air to the Control Room in the next step due to smoke or toxic gas intake, both the Unit 1 and Unit 2 dampers should be shut.
: j. If Control Room outside air is restricted for Control Room habitability due to smoke or toxic gas intake, THEN close the CR Outside A ir Supply Dampers for BOTH Units:  CUE: "There is no indication of smoke or toxic gas."
Standard: Candidate determines this step is N/A.
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
14 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 21. 4.4.1.1  Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:  k. Verify proper operation of the TSC Air Filtration System per 13303
-C, "Technical Support Center and Central Alarm Station HVAC Systems."
CUE: "An extra operator will complete the procedure
."  Standard: N/A  Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 21. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
: k. Verify proper operation of the TSC Air Filtration System per 13303-C, Technical Support Center and Central Alarm Station HVAC Systems.
CUE:        An extra operator will complete the procedure.
Standard:  N/A Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
STOP TIME: __________
Terminating cue:          Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
14


STOP TIME:  __________
Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-13301-HL19 Examinees Name:
Terminating cue:
Examiners Name:
Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
 
15 Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.
: V-NRC-JP-13301-HL19 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:
 
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question: __________________________________________________________________
Question: __________________________________________________________________
____________________
__________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
 
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Result: Satisfactory
__________________________________________________________________________
/ Unsatisfactory Examiner's signature and date: _______________________________
Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________     ________
________
15
Initial Conditions:
The unit is at 100% power.


Initiating Cue:
Initial Conditions: The unit is at 100% power.
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, "Assume the duties of the Unit Operator. Correctly diagnose plant conditions and complete any required corrective actions."
Initiating Cue:     The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Assume the duties of the Unit Operator. Correctly diagnose plant conditions and complete any required corrective actions.


Final JPM H 1 NRC Job Performance Measure "hFacility: Vogtle Task No:
Final JPM H NRC Job Performance Measure h Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-32007 Task Title: Respond to High Containment Radiation JPM No: V-NRC-JP-19253-HL19 K/A  
V-LO-TA-3 2 00 7  Task Title: Respond to High Containment Radiation
 
JPM No: V-NRC-JP-1 9253-HL19 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
WE16EA1.1             RO 3.1    SRO 3.2 Examinee: __________________________                       NRC Examiner: ______________________
WE 16 E A1.1   RO 3.1    SRO 3.2 Examinee: __________________________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________                   Date: ______________________________
NRC Examiner: ______
________________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________
Date: ______________________________
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance _______________
Simulated Performance ________________                    Actual Performance ___________________
Actual Performance ___________________
Classroom ______________                   Simulator ______________               Plant _____________
 
Read to the examinee:
Classroom ______________
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.
Simulator ______________
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Plant __________
Initial Conditions:        Unit 1 was at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
___  Read to the examinee:
After transition to 19010-C, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, CSFSTs indicate a yellow path for Containment.
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
Initiating Cue:            The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Perform 19253-C, Response to High Containment Radiation Level.
1


Initial Conditions:
Task Standard:     Candidate manually aligns containment ventilation dampers and starts containment Pre-Access Filter Units per 19253-C, Response to High Containment Radiation Level, and 13125-1, Containment Purge System.
Unit 1 was at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
Required Materials: 19253-C, Response to High Containment Radiation Level (rev. 9) 13125-1, Containment Purge System (rev. 54)
After transition to 19010
-C, "Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant," CSFSTs indicate a yellow path for Containment.
Initiating Cue:
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to , "Perform 19253
-C, 'Response to High Containment Radiation Level.'"
 
Task Standard:
Candidate manually aligns containment ventilation dampers and starts containment Pre
-Access Filter Units per 19253
-C, "Response to High Containment Radiation Level," and 13125
-1, "Containment Purge System."
Required Materials:
19253-C, "Response to High Containment Radiation Level" (rev. 9) 13125-1, "Containment Purge System" (rev. 54)
General  
General  


==References:==
==References:==
None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time:    12 minutes 2


None  Time Critical Task:
SIMULATOR SETUP:
No Validation Time: 1 2 minutes 3 SIMULATOR SETUP:
Reset to IC167 for HL-19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:
Reset to IC 167 for HL-1 9 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:
: 1. Reset to IC14 (100% MOL)
: 1. Reset to IC14 (100% MOL)
: 2. Insert malfunction s ES19A and ES19B (failure of CVI)
: 2. Insert malfunctions ES19A and ES19B (failure of CVI)
: 3. Override handswitches 1HS-40004, 1HS
: 3. Override handswitches 1HS-40004, 1HS-40005, 1HS-40006, 1HS-40009, 1HS-40010, and 1HS-40011 to NORMAL
-40005, 1HS
: 4. Insert RC04A with a Final Value of 100%
-40006, 1HS
-40009, 1HS
-40010, and 1HS-40011 t o NORMAL 4. Insert RC04A with a Final Value of 100%
: 5. Manually trip the reactor and actuate SI
: 5. Manually trip the reactor and actuate SI
: 6. Insert RM06 for high radiation in containment
: 6. Insert RM06 for high radiation in containment
: 7. Place 1HS-2548 and 1HS
: 7. Place 1HS-2548 and 1HS-2549, Piping Penetration Units, to START
-2549, Piping Penetration Units, to START
: 8. Allow 1RE-002 and 1RE-003 to exceed 750 mrem/hour
: 8. Allow 1RE-002 and 1RE
: 9. Acknowledge / Reset alarms and freeze simulator Setup time: 15 minutes 3
-003 to exceed 750 mrem/hour
: 9. Acknowledge / Reset alarms and freeze simulator


Setup time:
Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
15 minutes 4 Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
START TIME: __________
START TIME: __________
JPM 1. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation
JPM 1.         Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
1.a. Dampers and Valves  
1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:
- CLOSED: CVI MLB indication
CVI MLB indication
-OR- Reference ATTACHMENT 1 as necessary NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may attempt to actuate CVI using CIA/CVI handswitch 1HS
                              -OR-Reference ATTACHMENT 1 as necessary NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may attempt to actuate CVI using CIA/CVI handswitch 1HS-40006 or 1HS-40009, but CVI will not actuate.
-40006 or 1HS
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may align components in any order.
-400 09, but CVI will not actuate.
JPM is written in the Attachment 1 order (copy is at the end of the JPM).
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may align components in any order.
The individual dampers and valves to be operated are listed in the subsequent steps of this JPM.
JPM is written in the Attachment 1 order (copy is at the end of the JPM). The individual dampers and valves to be operated are listed in the subsequent steps of this JPM.
Standard:     Candidates checks CVI MLB indication on the QMCB and recognizes that a CVI did not occur.
Standard: Candidates checks CVI MLB indication on the QMCB and recognizes that a CVI did not occur.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 2.        Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:
HV-12975      CNMT AIR RAD MON SPLY ISO IRC HV-12976      CNMT AIR RAD MON SPLY ISO ORC Standard:      Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV-12975 and 1HV-12976 on the QPCP to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF). NOTE: These valves are in series, so closing either valve meets the critical step.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
4


Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 2. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
*JPM 3. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
1.a. Dampers and Valves  
1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:
- CLOSED: HV-12975 CNMT AIR RAD MON SPLY ISO IRC HV-12976 CNMT AIR RAD MON SPLY ISO ORC Standard: Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV
HV-12977      CNMT AIR RAD MON RTN ISO ORC HV-12978      CNMT AIR RAD MON RTN ISO IRC Standard:   Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV-12977 and 1HV-12978 on the QPCP to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF). NOTE: These valves are in series, so closing either valve meets the critical step.
-12975 and 1HV
Comment:
-12976 on the QPCP to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF).
____________________________________________________________________________
NOTE: These valves are in series, so closing either valve meets the critical step.
JPM 4.      Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
Comment:   __________________________________________
1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:
__________________________________
HV-2626A      CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV-MAIN HV-2627A      CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV-MAIN Standard:  Candidate checks the handswitch status for 1HV-2626A and 1HV-2627A on the QHVC. NOTE: These dampers are de-energized closed when the unit is at power and diverse indication is available on the MLBs or IPC.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 5.      Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:
HV-2626B      CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV-MINI HV-2627B      CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV-MINI Standard:  Candidate checks the handswitches for 1HV-2626B and 1HV-2627B on the QHVC indicate CLOSED (green light ON, red light OFF).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
5


5 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 3. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
JPM 6.     Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
1.a. Dampers and Valves  
1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:
- CLOSED: HV-1297 7 CNMT AIR RAD MON RTN ISO O RC HV-1297 8 CNMT AIR RAD MON RTN ISO I RC  Standard: Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV
HV-2628A    CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV-MAIN HV-2629A    CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV-MAIN Standard:   Candidate checks the handswitch status for 1HV-2628A and 1HV-2629A on the QHVC. NOTE: These dampers are de-energized closed when the unit is at power and diverse indication is available on the MLBs or IPC.
-1297 7 and 1HV-1297 8 on the QPCP to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF).
Comment:
NOTE: These valves are in series, so closing either valve meets the critical step.
____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 7.     Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
JPM 4. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:
1.a. Dampers and Valves  
HV-2628B    CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV-MINI HV-2629B    CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV-MINI Standard:   Candidate checks the handswitches for 1HV-2628B and 1HV-2629B on the QHVC indicate CLOSED (green light ON, red light OFF).
- CLOSED: HV-2626A CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV
Comment:
-MAIN HV-2627A CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV
____________________________________________________________________________
-MAIN  Standard: Candidate checks the handswitch status for 1HV-2626A and 1HV-2627A on the QHVC. NOTE:  These dampers are de
JPM 8.     Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
-energized closed when the unit is at power and diverse indication is available on the MLBs or IPC
1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
HV-2624A    CTB POST LOCA PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV HV-2624B    CTB POST LOCA PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV Standard:   Candidate checks the handswitches for 1HV-2624A and 1HV-2624B on the QHVC indicate CLOSED (green light ON, red light OFF).
JPM 5. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
Comment:
1.a. Dampers and Valves  
____________________________________________________________________________
- CLOSED: HV-2626 B CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV
6
-MINI HV-2627 B CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV
-MINI  Standard: Candidate checks the handswitches for 1HV
-2626B and 1HV-2627B on the QHVC indicate CLOSE D (green light ON, red light OFF).


Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 9. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:
HV-12604        PIPING PEN RM OUTLET ISO DMPR HV-12607        PIPING PEN RM OUTLET ISO DMPR Standard:  Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV-12604 and 1HV-12607 on the QHVC to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF). NOTE: These dampers are in series, so closing either damper meets the critical step.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 10. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:
HV-12605        PIPING PEN RM INLET ISO DMPR HV-12606        PIPING PEN RM INLET ISO DMPR Standard:  Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV-12605 and 1HV-12606 on the QHVC to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF). NOTE: These dampers are in series, so closing either damper meets the critical step.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
7


6 _______________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________
*JPM 11. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
JPM 6. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:
1.a. Dampers and Valves  
HV-12596        RECYCLE HOLD-UP TANK ISO VENT VLV HV-12597        RECYCLE HOLD-UP TANK ISO VENT VLV NOTE TO EXAMINER: Attachment 1 is complete at this time.
- CLOSED: HV-262 8 A CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV
Standard:   Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV-12596 and 1HV-12597 on the QHVC to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF). NOTE: These valves are in series, so closing either valve meets the critical step.
-MAIN HV-262 9 A CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV
Comment:
-MAIN  Standard: Candidate checks the handswitch status for 1HV-2628A and 1HV-2629A on the QHVC. NOTE: These dampers are de
____________________________________________________________________________
-energized closed when the unit is at power and diverse indication is available on the MLBs or IPC.
JPM 12. 2. Check Piping Penetration Filtration and Exhaust Units - BOTH RUNNING.
Comment:   ________________________________________________________
Standard:   Candidate checks the Piping Penetration Filtration and Exhaust Units are running using handswitches 1HS-2548 and 1HS-2549 on the QHVC (green lights OFF, red lights ON).
____________________
Comment:
JPM 7. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
____________________________________________________________________________
1.a. Dampers and Valves
JPM 13. 3. Place the Containment Preaccess Filter units in service by initiating 13125-1, Containment Purge System.
- CLOSED:  HV-262 8B CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV
Standard:   Candidate selects Section 4.2 of 13125-1 to place the Containment Preaccess Filter units in service.
-MINI HV-262 9B CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV
Comment:
-MINI  Standard: Candidate checks the handswitches for 1HV
____________________________________________________________________________
-2628B and 1HV-2629B on the QHVC indicate CLOSE D (green light ON, red light OFF).
8
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 8. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
1.a. Dampers and Valves
- CLOSED:  HV-262 4A CTB POST LOCA PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV HV-262 4B CTB POST LOCA PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV Standard: Candidate checks the handswitches for 1HV
-262 4A and 1HV-262 4 B on the QHVC indicate CLOSE D (green light ON, red light OFF).
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________


7 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 9. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
*JPM 14.
1.a. Dampers and Valves
NOTE TO EXAMINER: The following steps are from 13125-1, Containment Purge System.
- CLOSED:  HV-12 604 PIPING PEN RM OUTLET ISO DMPR HV-12 60 7 PIPING PEN RM OUTLET ISO DMPR  Standard: Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV
4.2 System Operation 4.2.1 Preaccess Filter Unit Operation NOTE The Containment Coordinator should be notified prior to start if filters are to be started as part of outage activities.
-12 604 and 1HV-12 60 7 on the QHVC to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF).
4.2.1.1 As directed by SS, start one OR both Preaccess Filter Unit Fans:
NOTE: These dampers are in series, so closing either damper meets the critical step.
* 1-HS-2620 for Fan 1 (A30)
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
* 1-HS-2621 for Fan 2 (C30)
  *JPM 10. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
Cue:          The Shift Supervisor directs the start of both Preaccess Filter Unit Fans.
1.a. Dampers and Valves
Standard:     Candidate starts both Preaccess Filter Unit Fans by placing handswitches 1-HS-2620 and 1-HS-2621 to START (green lights OFF, red lights ON).
- CLOSED:  HV-12 60 5 PIPING PEN RM INLET ISO DMPR HV-12 60 6 PIPING PEN RM INLET ISO DMPR  Standard: Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV
Comment:
-12 60 5 and 1HV-12 60 6 on the QHVC to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF).
____________________________________________________________________________
NOTE: These dampers are in series, so closing either damper meets the critical step.
JPM 15.        4.2.1.2 WHEN containment airborne cleanup is no longer required, stop the Preaccess Filter Unit Fans:
Comment:
* 1-HS-2620 for Fan 1 (A30)
* 1-HS-2621 for Fan 2 (C30)
Standard:     N/A Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
9


____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
 
JPM 16.
8 ____________________________________________________________________________
NOTE TO EXAMINER: The following steps are from 19253-C, Response to High Containment Radiation Level.
  *JPM 1 1. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
: 4. Notify TSC of Containment radiation level to obtain recommended action.
1.a. Dampers and Valves
Cue:       If requested, The Shift Supervisor will notify the TSC of containment radiation levels.
- CLOSED:  HV-12 596 RECYCLE HOLD
Standard:   Candidate ensures the TSC is notified of radiation levels.
-UP TANK ISO VENT VLV HV-12 597 RECYCLE HOLD
Comment:
-UP TANK ISO VENT VLV NOTE TO EXAMINER: Attachment 1 is complete at this time.
Standard: Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV
-12 596 and 1HV-12 597 on the QHVC to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF).
NOTE:  These valves are in series, so closing either valve meets the critical step.
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 12. 2. Check Piping Penetration Filtration and Exhaust Units
- BOTH RUNNING.
Standard: Candidate checks the Piping Penetration Filtration and Exhaust Units are running using handswitches 1H S-2 548 and 1H S-2 549 on the QHVC (green light s O FF , red light s O N). Comment:    __________________
__________________________________________________________
JPM 13. 3. Place the Containment Preaccess Filter units in service by initiating 13125
-1, "Containment Purge System."
Standard: Candidate selects Section 4.2 of 13125
-1 to place the Containment Preaccess Filter units in service
. Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
9 ____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 14. NOTE TO EXAMINER:  The following steps are from 13125
-1, "Containment Purge System."
4.2  System Operation 4.2.1  Preaccess Filter Unit Operation NOTE The Containment Coordinator should be notified prior to start if filters are to be started as part of outage activities.
4.2.1.1  As directed by SS, start one OR both Preaccess Filter Unit Fans:
1-HS-2620 for Fan 1 (A30) 1-HS-2621 for Fan 2 (C30)
Cue: "The Shift Supervisor directs the start of both Preaccess Filter Unit Fans."
Standard: Candidate starts both Preaccess Filter Unit Fans by placing handswitches 1-H S-2620 and 1-H S-2621 to START (green lights O FF, red lights O N). Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 15. 4.2.1.2  WHEN containment airborne cleanup is no longer required, stop the Preaccess Filter Unit Fans:
1-HS-2620 for Fan 1 (A30) 1-HS-2621 for Fan 2 (C30)
Standard: N/A  Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
10 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 16. NOTE TO EXAMINER:  The following steps are from 19253
-C, "Response to High Containment Radiation Level
."  4. Notify TSC of Containment radiation level to obtain recommended action.
Cue: If requested, "The Shift Supervisor will notify the TSC of containment radiation levels."
Standard: Candidate ensures the TSC is notified of radiation levels
.
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 17. 5. Return to procedure and step in effect.
JPM 17. 5. Return to procedure and step in effect.
Standard:  Candidate notifies the Shift Supervisor of procedure completion.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
STOP TIME: __________
Terminating cue:        Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
10


Standard: Candidate notifies the Shift Supervisor of procedure completion.
Attachment 1 CONTAINMENT VENTILATION ISOLATION PLANT                      VALVE COMPUTER                (LOCATION)
 
POINT              UNIT 1            UNIT 2                  DESCRIPTION ZD9044          HV-12975          HV-12975      *CNMT AIR RAD MON SPLY ISO IRC (CNMT)            (CNMT)
Comment:    _____________________________________
ZD9046          HV-12976          HV-12976      *CNMT AIR RAD MON SPLY ISO ORC (AB-B08)        (AB-B131)
_______________________________________
ZD9048          HV-12977          HV-12977      *CNMT AIR RAD MON RTN ISO ORC (AB-B08)        (AB-B131)
STOP TIME:  __________
ZD9050          HV-12978          HV-12978      *CNMT AIR RAD MON RTN ISO IRC (CNMT)            (CNMT)
Terminating cue:
ZD9204          HV-2626A          HV-2626A      **CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV-(CNMT)            (CNMT)          MAIN ZD9208          HV-2627A          HV-2627A      **CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV-(EB-125)          (EB-125)        MAIN ZD9206          HV-2626B          HV-2626B      **CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV-(CNMT)            (CNMT)          MINI ZD9210          HV-2627B          HV-2627B      **CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV-(EB-125)          (EB-125)        MINI ZD9212          HV-2628A          HV-2628A      **CTB NORM PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV-(CNMT)            (CNMT)          MAIN ZD9216          HV-2629A          HV-2629A      **CTB NORM PURGE EXH ORC ISO VLV-(EB-117)          (EB-116)        MAIN ZD9214          HV-2628B          HV-2628B      **CTB NORM PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV-MINI (CNMT)            (CNMT)
Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
ZD9218          HV-2629B          HV-2629B      **CTB MINI PURGE EXH ORC ISO VLV-MINI (EB-117)          (EB-116)
 
ZD9236          HV-2624A          HV-2624A      **CTB POST LOCA PURGE EXH IRC ISO (CNMT)            (CNMT)          VLV ZD9238          HV-2624B          HV-2624B      **CTB POST LOCA PURGE EXH IRC ISO (CNMT)            (CNMT)          VLV ZD9583          HV-12604          HV-12604      **PIPING PEN RM OUTLET ISO DMPR (AB-209)          (AB-220)
11 Attachment 1 CONTAINMENT VENTILATION ISOLATION
ZD9587          HV-12605          HV-12605      **PIPING PEN RM INLET ISO DMPR (AB-209)          (AB-220)
ZD9589          HV-12606          HV-12606      **PIPING PEN RM INLET ISO DMPR (AB-209)          (AB-220)
ZD9585          HV-12607          HV-12607      **PIPING PEN RM OUTLET ISO DMPR (AB-209)          (AB-220)
NONE***        HV-12596          HV-12596      **RECYCLE HOLD-UP TANK ISO VENT VLV (AB-C83 Above    (AB-C49 Above Block Out To Tank) Block Out To Tank)
NONE***        HV-12597          HV-12597      **RECYCLE HOLD-UP TANK ISO VENT VLV (AB-C83 Above    (AB-C49 Above Block Out To Tank) Block Out To Tank)
* HANDSWITCH ON QPCP
* HANDSWITCH ON QPCP
** HANDSWITCH ON QHVC
** HANDSWITCH ON QHVC
*** USE QHVC INDICATION IF AVAILABLE OR LOCALLY VERIFY PLANT COMPUTER POINT VALVE (LOCATION)  DESCRIPTION UNIT 1 UNIT 2 ZD9044 HV-12975 (CNMT) HV-12975 (CNMT) *CNMT AIR RAD MON SPLY ISO IRC ZD9046 HV-12976 (AB-B08) HV-12976 (AB-B131) *CNMT AIR RAD MON SPLY ISO ORC ZD9048 HV-12977 (AB-B08) HV-12977 (AB-B131) *CNMT AIR RAD MON RTN ISO ORC ZD9050 HV-12978 (CNMT) HV-12978 (CNMT) *CNMT AIR RAD MON RTN ISO IRC ZD9204 HV-2626A (CNMT) HV-2626A (CNMT) **CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV
*** USE QHVC INDICATION IF AVAILABLE OR LOCALLY VERIFY 11
-MAIN ZD9208 HV-2627A (EB-125) HV-2627A (EB-125) **CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV
-MAIN ZD9206 HV-2626B (CNMT) HV-2626B (CNMT) **CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV
-MINI ZD9210 HV-2627B (EB-125) HV-2627B (EB-125) **CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV
-MINI ZD9212 HV-2628A (CNMT) HV-2628A (CNMT) **CTB NORM PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV
-MAIN ZD9216 HV-2629A (EB-117) HV-2629A (EB-116) **CTB NORM PURGE EXH ORC ISO VLV
-MAIN ZD9214 HV-2628B (CNMT) HV-2628B (CNMT) **CTB NORM PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV
-MINI ZD9218 HV-2629B (EB-117) HV-2629B (EB-116) **CTB MINI PURGE EXH ORC ISO VLV
-MINI ZD9236 HV-2624A (CNMT) HV-2624A (CNMT) **CTB POST LOCA PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV ZD9238 HV-2624B (CNMT) HV-2624B (CNMT) **CTB POST LOCA PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV ZD9583 HV-12604 (AB-209) HV-12604 (AB-220) **PIPING PEN RM OUTLET ISO DMPR ZD9587 HV-12605 (AB-209) HV-12605 (AB-220) **PIPING PEN RM INLET ISO DMPR ZD9589 HV-12606 (AB-209) HV-12606 (AB-220) **PIPING PEN RM INLET ISO DMPR ZD9585 HV-12607 (AB-209) HV-12607 (AB-220) **PIPING PEN RM OUTLET ISO DMPR NONE*** HV-12596 (AB-C83 Above Block Out To Tank)
HV-12596 (AB-C49 Above Block Out To Tank)
**RECYCLE HOLD
-UP TANK ISO VENT VLV NONE*** HV-12597 (AB-C83 Above Block Out To Tank)
HV-12597 (AB-C49 Above Block Out To Tank)
**RECYCLE HOLD
-UP TANK ISO VENT VLV
 
12 Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No
.: V-NRC-JP-19 253-HL1 9 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:


Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-19253-HL19 Examinees Name:
Examiners Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question: __________________________________________________________________
Question: __________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Response: ____________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________     _________
______  Result: Satisfactory
12
/ Unsatisfactory Examiner's signature and date: _______________________________
_________
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 was at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
After transition to 19010
-C, "Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant," CSFSTs indicate a yellow path for Containment.
 
Initiating Cue:
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, "Perform 19253
-C, 'Response to High Containment Radiation Level.'"


Final JPM I 1 NRC Job Performance Measure "i"  Facility:  Vogtle  Task No:  V
Initial Conditions: Unit 1 was at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
-LO-TA-60040  Task Title:
After transition to 19010-C, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, CSFSTs indicate a yellow path for Containment.
Place Train
Initiating Cue:    The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Perform 19253-C, Response to High Containment Radiation Level.
'B' Battery Charger 1BD1CA in Service


JPM No: V
Final JPM I NRC Job Performance Measure i Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-60040 Task Title: Place Train B Battery Charger 1BD1CA in Service JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13405-HL19 K/A  
-NRC-JP-13405-HL1 9 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
058AA1.03             RO 3.1    SRO 3.3 Examinee: __________________________                       NRC Examiner: ______________________
058AA1.03   RO 3.1    SRO 3.3 Examinee: __________________________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________                   Date: ______________________________
NRC Examiner: ___________
___________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________
Date: ______________________________
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance
Simulated Performance ________________                     Actual Performance ___________________
________________
Classroom ______________                   Simulator ______________                 Plant _____________
Actual Performance ___________________
 
Classroom ______________
Simulator ______________
Plant _____________
Read to the examinee:
Read to the examinee:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and will provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and will provide initiating cues.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
The recommended starting point for this JPM is adjacent to the main HP Control Point. The candidates will be sequestered in the TSC or OSC.
Initial Conditions:        Unit 1 experienced a loss of 1BD1 due to a fault on the bus, and the crew is performing the actions of 18034-1, Loss of Class 1E 125 VDC Power.
The faulted load was removed from 1BD1.
Battery 1BD1B has been restored to service.
No B Train Battery Charger is in service.
Initiating Cue:            The Shift Supervisor has directed you to place Battery Charger 1BD1CA in service using 13405-1, 125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System.
1


The recommended starting point for this JPM is adjacent to the main HP Control Point. The candidates will be sequestered in the TSC or OSC
Task Standard:      Candidate places Battery Charger 1BD1CA in service using 13405-1.
.
Required Materials: 13405-1, 125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System (rev. 48)
Initial Conditions:
Time Critical Task: No Validation Time:    12 minutes 2
Unit 1 experienced a loss of 1BD1 due to a fault on the bus, and the crew is performing the actions of 18034
-1, "Loss of Class 1E 125 VDC Power."  The faulted load was removed from 1BD1
. Battery 1BD1B has been restored to service.


No 'B' Train Battery Charger is in service.
Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
Initiating Cue:
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to place Battery Charger 1BD1CA in service using 13405
-1, "125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System
."
2 Task Standard:
Candidate places Battery Charger 1BD1CA in service using 13405
-1. Required Materials:
13 405-1, "125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System" (rev. 4 8)
Time Critical Task:
No  Validation Time:
1 2 minutes 
 
3 Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
START TIME: __________
START TIME: __________
JPM 1. Section 4.1.4 of 13 405-1 , "125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System
JPM 1.         Section 4.1.4 of 13405-1, 125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System, is selected to place Train B battery charger 1BD1CA in service.
," is selected to place Train 'B' battery charger 1BD1CA in service
Standard:     Candidate selects Section 4.1.4 of 13405-1, 125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System.
. Standard: Candidate selects Section 4.1.4 of 13405
Comment:
-1, "125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System.Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 2. 4.1.4 Placing Train B Battery Charger 1BD1CA or 1BD1CB in Service NOTES Both Battery Chargers should be in service when the batteries are tied to the bus. Load will be equalized by load sharing circuitry.
JPM 2.         4.1.4 Placing Train B Battery Charger 1BD1CA or 1BD1CB in Service NOTES
Load sharing is verified by observing both chargers output current (Amps) indicating some nominal value
* Both Battery Chargers should be in service when the batteries are tied to the bus.
. The SS should be notified if amps are not indicated on BOTH chargers
Load will be equalized by load sharing circuitry.
. ALB34-B04 may be received while performing this section.
* Load sharing is verified by observing both chargers output current (Amps) indicating some nominal value.
CUE: If requested, "Shift Supervisor has been notified
* The SS should be notified if amps are not indicated on BOTH chargers.
." 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
* ALB34-B04 may be received while performing this section.
: a. Check if the Battery Breaker 1BD1
CUE:           If requested, Shift Supervisor has been notified.
-01 is closed. If the Battery Breaker is not closed, do not start a second Battery Charger.
4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
CUE: If requested, "CV request noted
: a.     Check if the Battery Breaker 1BD1-01 is closed. If the Battery Breaker is not closed, do not start a second Battery Charger.
."  NOTE TO EXAMINER: The breaker should be closed during the JPM, but if not, cue with the indications listed below.
CUE:           If requested, CV request noted.
Standard: Candidate reviews NOTES and checks closed 1BD1-01 using available indications (on HS-1BD101 red light ON, green light OFF, red flag visible or CLOSED flag visible on face of breaker
NOTE TO EXAMINER: The breaker should be closed during the JPM, but if not, cue with the indications listed below.
). Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Standard:     Candidate reviews NOTES and checks closed 1BD1-01 using available indications (on HS-1BD101 red light ON, green light OFF, red flag visible or CLOSED flag visible on face of breaker).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
3


4 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 3. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
JPM 3.     4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
: b. At charger 1BD1CA verify:   Battery Charger AC Input, open DC Output Breaker, open CUE: Indicate breaker switches are in the OFF position (down). NOTE TO EXAMINER: The breakers were left in the open position when the charger was previously removed from service
: b. At charger 1BD1CA verify:
. Standard: Candidate checks Battery Charger AC Input and DC Output Breakers are open (switches in the OFF position). Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
* Battery Charger AC Input, open
JPM 4. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
* DC Output Breaker, open CUE:       Indicate breaker switches are in the OFF position (down).
: c. Verify the Battery Charger 1BD1CA 480 VAC SUPPLY Breaker 1BBA
NOTE TO EXAMINER: The breakers were left in the open position when the charger was previously removed from service.
-04 is CLOSED.
Standard:   Candidate checks Battery Charger AC Input and DC Output Breakers are open (switches in the OFF position).
CUE: Indicate breaker switch is in the ON position (up). NOTE TO EXAMINER: 1BBA is on Level 3 of the Control Building. The breaker was left in the closed position when the charger was previously removed from service.
Comment:
Standard: Candidate checks breaker 1BBA
____________________________________________________________________________
-04 is closed (switch in the ON position
JPM 4.     4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
). Comment:
: c. Verify the Battery Charger 1BD1CA 480 VAC SUPPLY Breaker 1BBA-04 is CLOSED.
CUE:       Indicate breaker switch is in the ON position (up).
NOTE TO EXAMINER: 1BBA is on Level 3 of the Control Building. The breaker was left in the closed position when the charger was previously removed from service.
Standard:   Candidate checks breaker 1BBA-04 is closed (switch in the ON position).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
4


____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
 
JPM 5.     4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
5 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 5. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
: d. IF Battery Charger 1BD1CB is already in service on switchgear 1BD1, verify the following:
: d. IF Battery Charger 1BD1CB is already in service on switchgear 1BD1, verify the following:
Battery Charger 1BD1CB "Float" lamp is illuminated.
* Battery Charger 1BD1CB Float lamp is illuminated.
CUE: If 1BD1CB status is requested, "Refer to initial conditions
CUE:       If 1BD1CB status is requested, Refer to initial conditions.
."  CUE: If 1BD1CB 'Float
CUE:       If 1BD1CB Float lamp is checked, Lamp is NOT illuminated.
' lamp is checked, "Lamp is NOT illuminated
Standard:   Candidate checks Battery Charger 1BD1CB is not in service or checks Float lamp not illuminated.
."  Standard: Candidate checks Battery Charger 1BD1CB is not in service or checks 'Float' lamp not illuminated.
Comment:
 
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 6.      4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
: e. Verify 125 VDC Switchgear 1BD1 bus voltage is less than or equal to 135 VDC.
CUE:        When candidate checks 1BD1 BUS VOLTS meter in the POS TO NEG switch position, indicate 130 VDC.
If in the POS TO GND or NEG TO GND switch position, indicate 65 VDC.
Standard:  Candidate checks 1BD1 bus voltage is less than or equal to 135 VDC on BUS VOLTS meter.
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 6. 4.1.4.1  To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
5
: e. Verify 125 VDC Switchgear 1BD1 bus voltage is less than or equal to 135 VDC. CUE: When candidate checks 1BD1 BUS VOLTS meter in the POS TO NEG switch position, indicate 1 30 VDC. If in the POS TO GND or NEG TO GND switch position, indicate 65 VDC
. Standard: Candidate checks 1BD1 bus voltage is less than or equal to 135 VDC on BUS VOLTS meter. Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________


6 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 7. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
*JPM 7. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
: f. Open Battery Charger 1BD1CA 125 VDC Switchgear Breaker, 1BD1-07 using handswitch HS
: f. Open Battery Charger 1BD1CA 125 VDC Switchgear Breaker, 1BD1-07 using handswitch HS-1BD107.
-1BD107. CUE: If performed correctly, for HS-1BD107 indicate flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.
CUE:       If performed correctly, for HS-1BD107 indicate flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.
Green tripped indicator is visible on the breaker.
Green tripped indicator is visible on the breaker.
Standard: Candidate opens breaker 1BD1
Standard:   Candidate opens breaker 1BD1-07 by turning handswitch HS-1BD107 to TRIP (counterclockwise).
-07 by turning handswitch HS
Comment:
-1BD107 to TRIP (counterclockwise
____________________________________________________________________________
). Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 8. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
  *JPM 8. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
: g. Close Battery Charger 1BD1CA AC Input Breaker.
: g. Close Battery Charger 1BD1CA AC Input Breaker.
NOTE TO EXAMINER
NOTE TO EXAMINER: When closed, breaker is in the ON (up) position.
: When closed, breaker is in the ON (up) position. CUE: After closing breaker, if candidate checks 'AC Available' lamp, "Lamp is illuminated
CUE:       After closing breaker, if candidate checks AC Available lamp, Lamp is illuminated.
."  Standard: Candidate closes 1BD1CA AC Input Breaker by placing it in the ON (up) position. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Standard:   Candidate closes 1BD1CA AC Input Breaker by placing it in the ON (up) position.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
6


7 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 9. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
JPM 9.     4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
: h. Check "AC Available" lamp illuminated
: h. Check AC Available lamp illuminated.
. CUE: "Lamp is illuminated
CUE:       Lamp is illuminated.
."  Standard: Candidate checks "AC Available" lamp is illuminated.
Standard:   Candidate checks AC Available lamp is illuminated.
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 10. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
: i. Check Float Lamp illuminated.
CUE:        Lamp is illuminated.
Standard:  Candidate checks Float lamp is illuminated.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
7


JPM 10. 4.1.4.1  To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
____________________________________________________________________________
: i. Check "Float" Lamp illuminated.
JPM 11.       4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
CUE: "Lamp is illuminated
."  Standard: Candidate checks "Float" lamp is illuminated.
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
8 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 11. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
NOTE The charger output voltage will overshoot slightly, but will eventually stabilize near float value.
NOTE The charger output voltage will overshoot slightly, but will eventually stabilize near float value.
: j. Verify proper Battery Charger operation by observing the charger voltmeter has stabilized between 130 and 135 VDC.
: j. Verify proper Battery Charger operation by observing the charger voltmeter has stabilized between 130 and 135 VDC.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: The charger voltmeter is the meter on the right. It has a digital number readout and illuminated "bars" around the outside similar to a speedometer indicating voltage (the same value on the bar as the digital number)
NOTE TO EXAMINER: The charger voltmeter is the meter on the right. It has a digital number readout and illuminated bars around the outside similar to a speedometer indicating voltage (the same value on the bar as the digital number).
. CUE: When candidate checks charger voltmeter, indicate 1 3 4 VDC. Standard: Candidate checks charger voltmeter stabilizes between 130 and 135 VDC
CUE:           When candidate checks charger voltmeter, indicate 134 VDC.
. Comment:
Standard:     Candidate checks charger voltmeter stabilizes between 130 and 135 VDC.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 12. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
*JPM 12.       4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
: k. Close Battery Charger 1BD1CA DC Output Breaker.
: k. Close Battery Charger 1BD1CA DC Output Breaker.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: When closed, breaker is in the ON (up) position. Standard: Candidate closes 1BD1CA DC Output Breaker by placing it in the ON (up) position. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
NOTE TO EXAMINER: When closed, breaker is in the ON (up) position.
Standard:     Candidate closes 1BD1CA DC Output Breaker by placing it in the ON (up) position.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
8


9 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 13. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
JPM 13.       4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
NOTE If the Closing Springs were not charged, they would have begun charging when Battery Charger 1BD1CA DC Output Breaker was closed.
NOTE If the Closing Springs were not charged, they would have begun charging when Battery Charger 1BD1CA DC Output Breaker was closed.
: l. If applicable, verify Charging Spring Motor stopped and charging spring indication on breaker 1BD1
: l.     If applicable, verify Charging Spring Motor stopped and charging spring indication on breaker 1BD1-07 indicates Charged.
-07 indicates Charged.
CUE:           When candidate looks at breaker 1BD1-07 closing spring indication, Charging spring motor has stopped and the Charged indicator is visible.
CUE: When candidate looks at breaker 1BD1
Standard:      Candidate verifies 1BD1-07 closing springs are charged by checking Charged indicator.
-07 closing spring indication, "Charging spring motor has stopped and the  
Comment:
'Charged' indicator is visible."
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 14.        4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
: m.      Verify the battery charger voltmeter has stabilized between 130 and 135 VDC.
CUE:          When candidate checks charger voltmeter, indicate 134 VDC.
Standard:      Candidate checks charger voltmeter stabilizes between 130 and 135 VDC.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
9


Standard: Candidate verifies 1BD1
____________________________________________________________________________
-07 closing springs are charged by checking
*JPM 15. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
'Charged' indicator.
CAUTION Closing 1BD1-07 in the next step prior to the Charging Spring Motor stopping and charging spring indication on breaker 1BD1-07 indicating Charged, may result in an incorrect charging spring indication on the breaker. If this occurs the charger must be removed from service and the process to place it in service repeated.
: n.      Close 1BD1-07 Battery Charger 125 VDC Switchgear Breaker using handswitch HS-1BD107.
CUE:        If performed correctly, for HS-1BD107 indicate flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF. Red closed indicator is visible on the breaker.
Standard:   Candidate closes breaker 1BD1-07 by turning handswitch HS-1BD107 to CLOSE (clockwise).
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 14. 4.1.4.1  To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
10
: m. Verify the battery charger voltmeter has stabilized between 130 and 135 VDC. CUE: When candidate checks charger voltmeter, indicate 13 4 VDC. Standard: Candidate checks charger voltmeter stabilizes between 130 and 135 VDC.
Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
10 ______________________________________
______________________________________
  *JPM 15. 4.1.4.1  To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
CAUTION Closing 1BD1
-07 in the next step prior to the Charging Spring Motor stopping and charging spring indication on breaker 1BD1
-07 indicating Charged, may result in an incorrect charging spring indication on the breaker. If this occurs the charger must be removed from service and the process to place it in service repeated. n. Close 1BD1
-07 Battery Charger 125 VDC Switchgear Breaker using handswitch HS
-1BD107. CUE: If performed correctly, for HS
-1BD107 indicate flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF
. Red closed indicator is visible on the breaker.
 
Standard: Candidate closes breaker 1BD1
-07 by turning handswitch HS
-1BD107 to CLOSE (clockwise). Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
11 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 16. 4.1.4.1  To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
NOTE If initial battery voltage is low due to discharging for some period, it may require several minutes before voltage increases to greater than 130 VDC. o. Verify the 125 VDC switchgear voltage increases to greater than 130 VDC as observed on the 125 VDC Switchgear 1BD1 Voltmeter.  (IV REQUIRED). Document on Checklist 1.
NOTE TO EXAMINER:  Checklist 1 is used for recording Independent Verifications and is included in the candidate's procedure.
CUE: "IV request noted
."  CUE: When candidate checks 1BD1 BUS VOLTS meter in the POS TO NEG switch position, indicate 1 35 VDC. If in the POS TO GND or NEG TO GND switch position, indicate 65 VDC
. Standard: Candidate checks that 1BD1 voltmeter indicates greater than 130 VDC.


____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 16.        4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
NOTE If initial battery voltage is low due to discharging for some period, it may require several minutes before voltage increases to greater than 130 VDC.
: o.      Verify the 125 VDC switchgear voltage increases to greater than 130 VDC as observed on the 125 VDC Switchgear 1BD1 Voltmeter. (IV REQUIRED). Document on Checklist 1.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Checklist 1 is used for recording Independent Verifications and is included in the candidates procedure.
CUE:            IV request noted.
CUE:            When candidate checks 1BD1 BUS VOLTS meter in the POS TO NEG switch position, indicate 135 VDC.
If in the POS TO GND or NEG TO GND switch position, indicate 65 VDC.
Standard:      Candidate checks that 1BD1 voltmeter indicates greater than 130 VDC.
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
STOP TIME: __________
STOP TIME: __________
Terminating cue:
Terminating cue:               Student returns initiating cue sheet.
Student returns initiating cue sheet
11
.
12 Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No
.: V-NRC-JP-13405-HL19 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:


Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-13405-HL19 Examinees Name:
Examiners Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question: __________________________________________________________________
Question: __________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Response: ____________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________     _________
______  Result: Satisfactory
12
/ Unsatisfactory Examiner's signature and date: _______________________________
 
_________
Initial Conditions: Unit 1 experienced a loss of 1BD1 due to a fault on the bus, and the crew is performing the actions of 18034-1, Loss of Class 1E 125 VDC Power.
Initial Conditions:
The faulted load was removed from 1BD1.
Unit 1 experienced a loss of 1BD1 due to a fault on the bus, and the crew is performing the actions of 18034
-1, "Loss of Class 1E 125 VDC Power
."  The faulted load was removed from 1BD1.
Battery 1BD1B has been restored to service.
Battery 1BD1B has been restored to service.
No 'B' Train Battery Charger is in service.
No B Train Battery Charger is in service.
Initiating Cue:    The Shift Supervisor has directed you to place Battery Charger 1BD1CA in service using 13405-1, 125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System.


Initiating Cue:
Final JPM J NRC Job Performance Measure j Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-60047 Task Title: Locally Energize Train A Switchgear and Loads Following Local Diesel Start JPM No: V-NRC-JP-18038-HL19 K/A  
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to place Battery Charger 1BD1CA in service using 13405
-1, "125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System
."
Final JPM J 1 NRC Job Performance Measure "jFacility: Vogtle Task No: V
-LO-TA-60047 Task Title:
Locally Energize Train  
'A' Switchgear and Loads Following Local Diesel Start
 
JPM No: V
-NRC-JP-18038-HL1 9 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
068AA1.21             RO 3.9    SRO 4.1 Examinee: __________________________                       NRC Examiner: ______________________
0 6 8 AA1.21   RO 3.9    SRO 4.1 Examinee: __________________________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________                   Date: ______________________________
NRC Examiner: ________
______________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________
Date: ______________________________
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance
Simulated Performance _______________                     Actual Performance __________________
_______________
Classroom _______________                 Simulator ________________               Plant ____________
Actual Performance
Read to the examinee:
__________________
 
Classroom _______________ Simulator ________________ Plant _____
_______  Read to the examinee:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and will provide initiating cues.
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and will provide initiating cues.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
The recommended starting point for this JPM is adjacent to the main HP Control Point. The candidates will be sequestered in the TSC or OSC.
The recommended starting point for this JPM is adjacent to the main HP Control Point. The candidates will be sequestered in the TSC or OSC.
Initial Conditions:        The Unit 2 control room has been evacuated due to a fire, and the crew has entered 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels.
A Safety Injection has occurred.
Local control has been established at the Shutdown Panels.
Local control has NOT been established at 2AA02, and it is de-energized.
Operators have locally started DG2A using 18038-2, Attachment B, Steps 1 thru 11.
Initiating Cue:            The Shift Supervisor has directed you to continue restoration of Unit 2, Train A, 4160 VAC and 480 VAC buses and loads by performing Steps 12, 13, and 14 of 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels, Attachment B.
1


Initial Conditions:
Task Standard:     Candidate locally energizes Unit 2, Train A, 4160 VAC and 480 VAC buses and starts two NSCW pumps and one AFW pump using Attachment B of 18038-2.
The Unit 2 control room has been evacuated due to a fire, and the crew has entered 18038-2, "Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels."  A Safety Injection has occurred.
Required Materials: 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels, Attachment B (rev.
Local control has been established at the Shutdown P an els. Local control has NOT been established at 2AA02, and it is de
26.5)
-energized.
Operators have locally started DG 2 A using 18038
-2, Attachment B, Steps 1 thru 11.
Initiating Cue:
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to continue restoration of Unit 2, Train A, 4160 VAC and 480 VAC buses and loads b y performing Step s 12 , 13, and 14 of 18038-2 , "Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels
," Attachment B
.
2 Task Standard:
Candidate locally energizes Unit 2, Train A, 4160 VAC and 480 VAC buses and starts two NSCW pumps and one AFW pump using Attachment B of 18038
-2. Required Materials:
1 8038-2 , "Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels
," Attachment B (rev. 26.5)
General  
General  


==References:==
==References:==
None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time:    12 minutes 2


None Time Critical Task:
Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
No  Validation Time:
1 2 minutes   
 
3 Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
START TIME: __________
START TIME: __________
JPM 1. Sheet 2 of 10 from 18038-2, "Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels
JPM 1.         Sheet 2 of 10 from 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels, Attachment B, is selected.
," Attachment B, is selected
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Sheet 6 of 10 in Attachment B is for loading 2BA03 and also contains steps with the same numbering.
. NOTE TO EXAMINER: Sheet 6 of 10 in Attachment B is for loading 2BA03 and also contains steps with the same numbering
Standard:     Candidate selects Sheet 2 of 10 from 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels, Attachment B.
. Standard: Candidate selects Sheet 2 of 10 from 18038-2, "Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels
Comment:
," Attachment B
. Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 2. NOTES Undervoltage protection on 1E 4160V switchgear is bypassed when in local operation.
JPM 2.
The generator output current should be monitored not to exceed a steady state current of 1214 amps to prevent DG overloading while operating from the local control panel.
NOTES
At 2AA02 local control panel (CB
* Undervoltage protection on 1E 4160V switchgear is bypassed when in local operation.
-A 16): 12.a. Transfer HS
* The generator output current should be monitored not to exceed a steady state current of 1214 amps to prevent DG overloading while operating from the local control panel.
-2AA0205B to LOCAL.
At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Breaker would already be open due to the U/V on the bus. CUE: If requested after hand switch is taken to LOCAL , "HS-2AA0205A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF , and green light is O N.Standard: Candidate places HS-2AA0205B in LOCAL (clockwise)
12.a. Transfer HS-2AA0205B to LOCAL.
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Breaker would already be open due to the U/V on the bus.
CUE:           If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, HS-2AA0205A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.
Standard:     Candidate places HS-2AA0205B in LOCAL (clockwise).
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
3


4 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 3. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB
JPM 3.     At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):
-A 16): 12.b. Place HS-2AA0205A, PREF NORM INCM BRKR to TRIP. NOTE TO EXAMINER: Breaker would already be open due to the U/V on the bus, but operating the handswitch is expected.
12.b. Place HS-2AA0205A, PREF NORM INCM BRKR to TRIP.
CUE: "HS-2AA0205A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Breaker would already be open due to the U/V on the bus, but operating the handswitch is expected.
."  Standard: Candidate places HS-2AA0205A to TRIP (counterclockwise)
CUE:       HS-2AA0205A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.
.
Standard:   Candidate places HS-2AA0205A to TRIP (counterclockwise).
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:
  *JPM 4. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB
____________________________________________________________________________
-A 16): 12.c. Transfer HS
*JPM 4. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):
-2AA0219B control to LOCAL. CUE: If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL , "HS-2AA0219A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON
12.c. Transfer HS-2AA0219B control to LOCAL.
."  Standard: Candidate places HS
CUE:       If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, HS-2AA0219A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.
-2AA0219B in LOCAL (clockwise)
Standard:   Candidate places HS-2AA0219B in LOCAL (clockwise).
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
4


5 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 5. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB
*JPM 5. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):
-A 16): 12.d. Place HS-2AA0219A, DIESEL GEN BRKR to CLOSE.
12.d. Place HS-2AA0219A, DIESEL GEN BRKR to CLOSE.
CUE: When handswitch is taken to CLOSE, "HS-2AA0219A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON , and green light is OFF.Standard: Candidate places HS
CUE:       When handswitch is taken to CLOSE, HS-2AA0219A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.
-2AA0219A to CLOSE (clockwise)
Standard:   Candidate places HS-2AA0219A to CLOSE (clockwise).
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:
  *JPM 6. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB
____________________________________________________________________________
-A 16): 13.a. Transfer HS
*JPM 6. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):
-2AA0210B to LOCAL.
13.a. Transfer HS-2AA0210B to LOCAL.
CUE: If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, "HS-2AA0210A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON
CUE:       If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, HS-2AA0210A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.
."  Standard: Candidate places HS
Standard:   Candidate places HS-2AA0210B in LOCAL (clockwise).
-2AA021 0B in LOCAL (clockwise)
Comment:
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
5


6 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 7. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB
*JPM 7. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):
-A 16): 13.b. Place HS-2AA0210A to CLOSE.
13.b. Place HS-2AA0210A to CLOSE.
CUE: When handswitch is taken to CLOSE, "HS
CUE:       When handswitch is taken to CLOSE, HS-2AA0210A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.
-2AA0210A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF
Standard:   Candidate places HS-2AA0210A to CLOSE (clockwise).
."  Standard: Candidate places HS
Comment:
-2AA0210A to CLOSE (clockwise)
____________________________________________________________________________
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 8. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):
  *JPM 8. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB
13.c. Transfer HS-2AA0220B to LOCAL.
-A 16): 13.c. Transfer HS
CUE:       If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, HS-2AA0220A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.
-2AA0220B to LOCAL.
Standard:   Candidate places HS-2AA0210B in LOCAL (clockwise).
CUE: If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, "HS-2AA0220A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON
Comment:
."  Standard: Candidate places HS
____________________________________________________________________________
-2AA0210B in LOCAL (clockwise)
6
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________


7 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 9. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB
*JPM 9. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):
-A 16): 13.d. Place HS-2AA02 20A to CLOSE.
13.d. Place HS-2AA0220A to CLOSE.
CUE: When handswitch is taken to CLOSE, "HS
CUE:       When handswitch is taken to CLOSE, HS-2AA0220A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.
-2 AA02 20A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF
Standard:   Candidate places HS-2AA0220A to CLOSE (clockwise).
."  Standard: Candidate places HS
Comment:
-2AA02 20A to CLOSE (clockwise)
____________________________________________________________________________
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 10. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):
  *JPM 10. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB
13.e. Transfer HS-2AA0221B to LOCAL.
-A 16): 13.e. Transfer HS
CUE:       If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, HS-2AA0221A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.
-2AA0221B to LOCAL.
Standard:   Candidate places HS-2AA0221B in LOCAL (clockwise).
CUE: If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, "HS-2AA0221A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON
Comment:
."  Standard: Candidate places HS
____________________________________________________________________________
-2AA0221B in LOCAL (clockwise)
7
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________


8 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 11. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB
*JPM 11. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):
-A 16): 13.f. Place HS-2AA0221A to CLOSE.
13.f. Place HS-2AA0221A to CLOSE.
CUE: When handswitch is taken to CLOSE, "HS
CUE:       When handswitch is taken to CLOSE, HS-2AA0221A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.
-2AA0221A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF
Standard:   Candidate places HS-2AA0221A to CLOSE (clockwise).
."  Standard: Candidate places HS
Comment:
-2AA0221A to CLOSE (clockwise)
____________________________________________________________________________
. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 12. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):
  *JPM 12. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB
13.g. Transfer HS-2AA0222B to LOCAL.
-A 16): 13.g. Transfer HS
CUE:       If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, HS-2AA0222A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.
-2AA0222B to LOCAL. CUE: If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, "HS-2AA0222A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON
Standard:   Candidate places HS-2AA0222B in LOCAL (clockwise).
."  Standard: Candidate places HS
Comment:
-2AA0222B in LOCAL (clockwise)
____________________________________________________________________________
. Comment:   _____________________________________
8
_______________________________________


9 ____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 13. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB
-A 16):  NOTE Pressing the Safety Injection Trip Override pushbutton may be required to perform the next step.
13.h. Place HS-2AA022 2A to CLOSE.
NOTE TO EXAMINER:  Pushbutton is above HS-2AA0219B and is labeled "SAFETY INJ TRIP OVERRIDE
". The pushbutton must be depressed in order to clos e breaker 2AA02-22 (stub bus).
CUE: If SI status requested, "Refer to Initial Conditions
."  CUE: After override pushbutton is depressed and handswitch is taken to CLOSE, "HS
-2AA022 2 A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF
."  Standard: Candidate depresses the Safety Injection Trip Override pushbutton and then places HS-2AA022 2A to CLOSE (clockwise)
. NOTE:  Pushbutton does not have to be held in while closing HS
-2AA0222A. Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 13.      At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):
NOTE Pressing the Safety Injection Trip Override pushbutton may be required to perform the next step.
13.h. Place HS-2AA0222A to CLOSE.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Pushbutton is above HS-2AA0219B and is labeled SAFETY INJ TRIP OVERRIDE. The pushbutton must be depressed in order to close breaker 2AA02-22 (stub bus).
CUE:          If SI status requested, Refer to Initial Conditions.
CUE:          After override pushbutton is depressed and handswitch is taken to CLOSE, HS-2AA0222A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.
Standard:    Candidate depresses the Safety Injection Trip Override pushbutton and then places HS-2AA0222A to CLOSE (clockwise). NOTE: Pushbutton does not have to be held in while closing HS-2AA0222A.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
9


10 ____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 14. At the Remote Shutdown Panels:
14.a. Start two Nuclear Service Water pumps on the affected bus. NOTE TO EXAMINER:  Shutdown Panel 'A' control switches have already been taken to LOCAL (initial conditions), so operation of the LOCAL / REMOTE handswitches is not required. Candidate may start any two Train 'A' NSCW pumps (pumps #1, 3, and 5)
. CUE: BEFORE pump is started, "Handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON
."  CUE: AFTER handswitch is taken to START , "Handswitch flag is red, red light is O N, and green light is OFF."  Standard: Candidate starts two Train 'A' NSCW pumps using handswitches 2 HS-1602B, 2 HS-1634B, and/or 2 HS-1608B. Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
*JPM 14. At the Remote Shutdown Panels:
14.a. Start two Nuclear Service Water pumps on the affected bus.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Shutdown Panel A control switches have already been taken to LOCAL (initial conditions), so operation of the LOCAL /
REMOTE handswitches is not required. Candidate may start any two Train A NSCW pumps (pumps #1, 3, and 5).
CUE:        BEFORE pump is started, Handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.
CUE:        AFTER handswitch is taken to START, Handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.
Standard:  Candidate starts two Train A NSCW pumps using handswitches 2HS-1602B, 2HS-1634B, and/or 2HS-1608B.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
10


11 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 15. At the Remote Shutdown Panels:
*JPM 15. At the Remote Shutdown Panels:
14.b. Start AFW pump on the affected bus.
14.b. Start AFW pump on the affected bus.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Shutdown Panel 'A' control switches have already been taken to LOCAL (initial conditions), so operation of the LOCAL / REMOTE handswitches is not required.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Shutdown Panel A control switches have already been taken to LOCAL (initial conditions), so operation of the LOCAL /
CUE: BEFORE pump is started, "Handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON
REMOTE handswitches is not required.
."  CUE: AFTER handswitch is taken to START, "Handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF
CUE:       BEFORE pump is started, Handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.
."  Standard: Candidate starts Train 'A' AFW pump using handswitch 2 HS-5131B. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
CUE:       AFTER handswitch is taken to START, Handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.
ST OP TIME: __________
Standard:   Candidate starts Train A AFW pump using handswitch 2HS-5131B.
Terminating cue:
Comment:
Candidate returns initiating cue sheet
____________________________________________________________________________
.
STOP TIME: __________
12 Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No
Terminating cue:         Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
.: V-NRC-JP-18038-HL1 9 Examinee's Name:
11
Examiner's Name:


Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-18038-HL19 Examinees Name:
Examiners Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question: __________________________________________________________________
Question: __________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
Response: _________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________
Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _____________________________   ___________
Result: Satisfactory
12
/ Unsatisfactory Examiner's signature and date: _____________________________
 
___________
Initial Conditions: The Unit 2 control room has been evacuated due to a fire, and the crew has entered 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels.
Initial Conditions:
The Unit 2 control room has been evacuated due to a fire, and the crew has entered 18038
-2, "Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels
."
A Safety Injection has occurred.
A Safety Injection has occurred.
Local control has been established at the Shutdown Panels.
Local control has been established at the Shutdown Panels.
Local control has NOT been established at 2AA02, and it is de-energized.
Operators have locally started DG2A using 18038-2, Attachment B, Steps 1 thru 11.
Initiating Cue:    The Shift Supervisor has directed you to continue restoration of Unit 2, Train A, 4160 VAC and 480 VAC buses and loads by performing Steps 12, 13, and 14 of 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels, Attachment B.


Local control has NOT been established at 2AA02, and it is de
Final JPM K NRC Job Performance Measure k Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-46004 Task Title: Respond to 1-RE-0018 Alarm During a Liquid Radwaste Release JPM No: V-NRC-JP-17213-HL19 K/A  
-
energized.
 
Operators have locally started DG2A using 18038
-2, Attachment B, Steps 1 thru 11.
 
Initiating Cue:
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to continue restoration of Unit 2, Train A, 4160 VAC and 480 VAC buses and loads by performing Steps 12, 13, and 14 of 18038
-2, "Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels
," Attachment B.
 
Final JPM K 1 NRC Job Performance Measure "kFacility: Vogtle Task No: V
-LO-TA-4 6004  Task Title:
Respond to 1-RE-001 8 Alarm During a Liquid Radwaste Release
 
JPM No: V
-NRC-JP-1721 3-HL1 9 K/A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
059AA2.05            RO 3.6     SRO 3.9 Examinee: __________________________                       NRC Examiner: ______________________
0 59 A A2.0 5    RO 3.6   SRO 3.9 Examinee: __________________________
Facility Evaluator: ____________________                   Date: ______________________________
NRC Examiner: ______________
________  Facility Evaluator: ____________________
Date: ______________________________
Method of testing:
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance
Simulated Performance _______________                     Actual Performance __________________
_______________
Classroom _____________                   Simulator _____________                 Plant ____________
Actual Performance
__________________
 
Classroom _____________
Simulator _____________
Plant ____________
Read to the examinee:
Read to the examinee:
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and will provide initiating cues.
I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and will provide initiating cues.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
The recommended starting point for this JPM is adjacent to the main HP Control Point. The candidates will be sequestered in the TSC or OSC.
The recommended starting point for this JPM is adjacent to the main HP Control Point. The candidates will be sequestered in the TSC or OSC.
Initial Conditions: Unit 1 is performing a liquid radwaste release from Waste Monitor Tank #10.
Annunciator ALB05-A01, LIQUID PROCESS PANEL TROUBLE, is in alarm in the Unit 1 Control Room.
Initiating Cue:            The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Respond to the Unit 1 Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP) and take all appropriate actions per 17213-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP).
1


Initial Conditions:
Task Standard:     Candidate determines that 1-RE-0018 is in high alarm and 1-RV-0018 did not automatically isolate as expected, so the candidate manually isolates the liquid radioactive release.
Unit 1 is performing a liquid radwaste release from Waste Monitor Tank #10. Annunciator ALB05
Required Materials: Cue Sheets for PLPP Rad Monitor reading and Annunciator Window 17213-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP) (pages 1-4, 10) (rev. 10.1)
-A01, LIQUID PROCESS PANEL TROUBLE, is in alarm in the Unit 1 Control Room
RWP reviewed and proper dosimetry for an RCA entry General  
. Initiating Cue:
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to
, "Respond to the Unit 1 Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP) and take all appropriate actions per 17213-1, 'Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP)
.'"
2 Task Standard:
Candidate determines that 1
-RE-0018 is in high alarm and 1-RV-0018 did not automatically isolate as expected, so the candidate manually isolates the liquid radioactive release. Required Materials:
Cue Sheet s for PLPP Rad Monitor reading and Annunciator Window 17213-1, "Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP)"
(pages 1-4, 10) (rev. 10.1)
RWP reviewed and proper dosimetry for an RCA entry
 
General  


==References:==
==References:==
None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time:    10 minutes 2


None  Time Critical Task:
Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
No Validation Time:
10 minutes 
 
3 Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
START TIME: __________
JPM 1.        Candidate reports to the Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP) to determine cause of alarm.
CUE:          When candidate looks at the PLPP annunciator windows, provide Cue Sheet showing window A04, WATER DISCHARGE LINE HI RAD, is illuminated.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: When candidate locates procedure 17213-1 at the PLPP, provide the exam copy for use.
Standard:      Candidate identifies cause of alarm on the PLPP.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 2.        17213-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP), is entered for annunciator window A04.
Standard:      Candidate enters 17213-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP), for annunciator window A04.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
3


START TIME:  __________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 1. Candidate reports to the Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP) to determine cause of alarm. CUE: When candidate looks at the PLPP annunciator windows, provide Cue Sheet showing window A04, WATER DISCHARGE LINE HI RAD, is illuminated
JPM 3.      1.0 PROBABLE CAUSE Radiation level above setpoint.
. NOTE TO EXAMINER: When candidate locates procedure 17213-1 at the PLPP, provide the exam copy for use.
CUE:        If candidate looks at the PLPP rad monitor reading, 1RI-0018, provide Cue Sheet showing digital readout.
Standard: Candidate identifies cause of alarm on the PLPP.
CUE:       Though not expected, if candidate looks at the DPM (at end of hallway, not at PLPP), provide Cue Sheet showing DPM readout and red HIGH alarm light lit.
Standard:  Candidate reviews probable cause for alarm.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 4.      2.0 AUTOMATIC ACTIONS Valve 1-RV-0018 closes.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may attempt to close 1-RV-0018 at this time as a verification of an automatic action that should have occurred.
CUE:        If candidate checks 1-RV-0018 handswitch status, Red light ON, green light OFF.
CUE:        If candidate attempts to close 1-RV-0018 with the handswitch, Red light ON, green light OFF.
CUE:        If candidate attempts to manually close 1-RV-0018 (locally), Valve will not close.
Standard:   Candidate checks 1-HS-0018 indication and determines 1-RV-0018 is open.
Comment:
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 2. 17213-1, "Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP)
4
," is entered for annunciator window A04.
Standard: Candidate enters 17213-1, "Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP)
," for annunciator window A04.
Comment:    _____________________________________________________________________
_______
4 ____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 3. 1.0  PROBABLE CAUSE Radiation level above setpoint
. CUE: If candidate looks at the PLPP rad monitor reading, 1RI-0018, provide Cue Sheet showing digital readout. CUE: Though not expected, if candidate looks at the DPM (at end of hallway, not at PLPP), provide Cue Sheet showing DPM readout and red HIGH alarm light lit.
Standard: Candidate reviews probable cause for alarm
. Comment:
____________________
________________________________________________________
JPM 4. 2.0  AUTOMATIC ACTIONS Valve 1-RV-0018 closes.
NOTE TO EXAMINER:  Candidate may attempt to close 1
-RV-0018 at this time as a verification of an automatic action that should have occurred
. CUE: If candidate checks 1-RV-0018 handswitch status , "R ed light ON , green light OFF."  CUE: If candidate attempts to close 1-RV-0018 with the handswitch, "R ed light ON , green light OFF."  CUE: If candidate attempts to manually close 1-RV-0018 (locally), "Valve will not close
."  Standard: Candidate checks 1-HS-0018 indication and determines 1-RV-0018 is open. Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________


5 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 5. 3.0 INITIAL OPERATOR ACTIONS NONE Standard: N/A Comment:
JPM 5.     3.0 INITIAL OPERATOR ACTIONS NONE Standard:   N/A Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 6.      4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
: 1. Verify 1-RV-0018 is closed and the release stopped using 1-HS-0018 on PLPP.
CUE:        When candidate checks 1-RV-0018 handswitch status, Red light ON, green light OFF.
CUE:        When candidate attempts to close 1-RV-0018 with the handswitch, Red light ON, green light OFF.
Standard:  Candidate places 1-HS-0018 in CLOSE to isolate the release and determines the valve will not close.
Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
5


____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 6. 4.0  SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
*JPM 7.     4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
: 1. Verify 1-RV-0018 is closed and the release stopped using 1
-HS-0018 on PLPP. CUE: When candidate checks 1-RV-0018 handswitch status, "R ed light ON , green light OFF."  CUE: When candidate attempts to close 1
-RV-0018 with the handswitch, "R ed light ON , green light OFF."  Standard: Candidate places 1-HS-0018 in CLOSE to isolate the release and determines the valve will not close
. Comment:    ____________________________________________________________________________
 
6 __________________________________________
__________________________________
  *JPM 7. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
: 2. IF 1-RV-0018 will NOT close, verify closed the following:
: 2. IF 1-RV-0018 will NOT close, verify closed the following:
: a. 1-1901-U4-175. NOTE TO EXAMINER:
: a. 1-1901-U4-175.
Valve s would NOT be closed and locked during a liquid release, so discussion of key retrieval is not necessary
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Valves would NOT be closed and locked during a liquid release, so discussion of key retrieval is not necessary.
. NOTE TO EXAMINER: Location of valve (room 1
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Location of valve (room 1-AB-D-59) is not given in 17213-1. Radiological conditions allow entry into the room for the JPM.
-AB-D-59) is not given in 17213-1. Radiological conditions allow entry into the room for the JPM.
Standard:   Candidate locates and closes 1-1901-U4-175 (handwheel turned fully clockwise).
Standard: Candidate locates and closes 1-1901-U4-175 (handwheel turned fully clockwise)
Comment:
. Comment:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
  *JPM 8. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
*JPM 8.     4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
: 2. IF 1-RV-0018 will NOT close, verify closed the following:
: 2. IF 1-RV-0018 will NOT close, verify closed the following:
: b. A-1901-U4-239. NOTE TO EXAMINER: Location of valve (room 1
: b. A-1901-U4-239.
-AB-D-59) is not given in 17213-1. Radiological conditions allow entry into the room for the JPM.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Location of valve (room 1-AB-D-59) is not given in 17213-1. Radiological conditions allow entry into the room for the JPM.
Standard: Candidate locates and closes A
Standard:   Candidate locates and closes A-1901-U4-239 (handwheel turned fully clockwise).
-1901-U4-239 (handwheel turned fully clockwise).
Comment:
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
6


7 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 9. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
JPM 9.     4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
: 3. Request the Control Room to verify high alarm at the Radiation Monitoring System Communications Console per 17100
: 3. Request the Control Room to verify high alarm at the Radiation Monitoring System Communications Console per 17100-1, "Annunciator Response Procedures For The Process And Effluent Radiation Monitoring System (RMS)."
-1, "Annunciator Response Procedures For The Process And Effluent Radiation Monitoring System (RMS)." CUE: When requested, "The Shift Supervisor will verify the high alarm
CUE:       When requested, The Shift Supervisor will verify the high alarm.
."  Standard: Candidate requests that the Control Room ver if y the high alarm.
Standard:   Candidate requests that the Control Room verify the high alarm.
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Comment:
JPM 10. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 10. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
: 4. Notify Chemistry of the alarm and stopping of the release.
: 4. Notify Chemistry of the alarm and stopping of the release.
CUE: When requested, "Chemistry has been notified of the alarm and stopping of the release
CUE:       When requested, Chemistry has been notified of the alarm and stopping of the release.
."  Standard: Candidate notifies Chemistry of the alarm and release stoppage
Standard:   Candidate notifies Chemistry of the alarm and release stoppage.
.
Comment:
Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 11. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
JPM 11. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
: 5. Refer to the requirements of the ODCM Manual.
: 5. Refer to the requirements of the ODCM Manual.
CUE: "An extra operator will review the ODCM."
CUE:       An extra operator will review the ODCM.
Standard: Candidate initiates the ODCM review. Comment:   ____________________________________________________________________________
Standard:   Candidate initiates the ODCM review.
 
Comment:
8 ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JPM 12. 5.0  COMPENSATORY OPERATOR ACTIONS NONE  Standard: N/A Comment: 
7


____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
STOP TIME: __________
JPM 12. 5.0 COMPENSATORY OPERATOR ACTIONS NONE Standard:  N/A Comment:
Terminating cue:
____________________________________________________________________________
Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
STOP TIME: __________
 
Terminating cue:       Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.
9 Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No
8
.: V-NRC-JP-1 7213-HL1 9 Examinee's Name:
Examiner's Name:


Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-17213-HL19 Examinees Name:
Examiners Name:
Date Performed:
Date Performed:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Time to Complete:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question: ____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Response: ___________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _____________________________    ____________
9


Question: ___________________________________________________
(1)         (2)         (3)         (4)       (5)         (6)         (7)       (8)
_________________
A REACTOR    REACTOR    REACTOR    WATER      LAUNDRY,    WASTE      SPENT RESIN WASTE COOLANT    COOLANT    COOLANT    DISCHARGE  HOT        MONITOR    STORAGE    MONITOR DRAIN TANK  DRAIN TANK  DRAIN TANK  LINE        SHOWER      TANK NO. 13 TANK        TANK NO. 1 HI-LO LEVEL HI TEMP    HI PRESS    HI RAD      TANK       HI-LO LEVEL HI-LO LEVEL HI-LO HI-LO LEVEL                        LEVEL B REACTOR    WASTE                  WASTE      WASTE      WASTE      CHEMICAL    WASTE COOLANT    MONITOR                HOLDUP      HOLDUP      EVAPORATOR  DRAIN      MONITOR DRAIN TANK  TANK NO. 12             TANK        TANK        CONDENSATE  TANK        TANK NO. 2 RECIRC      HI-LO LEVEL            HI-HI LEVEL HI-LO LEVEL TANK       HI-LO LEVEL HI-LO LO FLOW                                                    HI-LO LEVEL            LEVEL C                        FLOOR                  SPENT      SPENT RESIN ANNUNCIATOR DC DRAIN                  RESIN      STORAGE    GROUND      POWER TANK                    SLUICE      TANK        DETECTOR    FAILURE HI-LO LEVEL            DISCHARGE  HI PRESS LO FLOW
_________________________________________
_____________________________
______
____________________________________________________________________
________  Response: ___________________________________________________________
________ ____________________________________________________________________
________ ____________________________________________________________________
________ ___________________________________________________________________
_________  Result: Satisfactory
/ Unsatisfactory Examiner's signature and date: _____________________________
____________
(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)AREACTOR COOLANTDRAIN TANK HI-LOLEVELREACTOR COOLANTDRAIN TANKHI TEMPREACTOR COOLANTDRAIN TANKHI PRESSWATER DISCHARGELINEHI RADLAUNDRY , HOTSHOWER TANK HI-LOLEVELWASTE MONITORTANK NO. 13 HI-LO LEVELSPENT RESINSTORAGE TANK HI-LOLEVELWASTE MONITORTANK NO. 1 HI-LOLEVEL BREACTOR COOLANTDRAIN TANKRECIRCLO FLOWWASTE MONITORTANK NO. 12 HI-LO LEVELWASTE HOLDUPTANK HI-HILEVELWASTE HOLDUPTANK HI-LOLEVELWASTEEVAPORATORCONDENSATE TANK HI-LOLEVELCHEMICAL DRAINTANK HI-LOLEVELWASTE MONITORTANK NO. 2 HI-LOLEVEL CFLOOR DRAINTANK HI-LOLEVELSPENT RESINSLUICEDISCHARGELO FLOWSPENT RESINSTORAGE TANKHI PRESSANNUNCIATORGROUNDDETECTOR DCPOWERFAILURE 
 
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 is performing a liquid radwaste release from Waste Monitor Tank #10.
Annunciator ALB05
-A01, LIQUID PROCESS PANEL TROUBLE, is in alarm in the Unit 1 Control Room.


Initiating Cue:
Initial Conditions: Unit 1 is performing a liquid radwaste release from Waste Monitor Tank #10.
The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, "Respond to the Unit 1 Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP) and take all appropriate actions per 17213
Annunciator ALB05-A01, LIQUID PROCESS PANEL TROUBLE, is in alarm in the Unit 1 Control Room.
-1, 'Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP)
Initiating Cue:     The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Respond to the Unit 1 Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP) and take all appropriate actions per 17213-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP).}}
.'"}}

Revision as of 18:55, 31 October 2019

301 Final Sim and in Plant JPMs
ML14338A082
Person / Time
Site: Vogtle  Southern Nuclear icon.png
Issue date: 12/03/2014
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
References
Download: ML14338A082 (156)


Text

Final JPM A NRC Job Performance Measure a Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-09028 Task Title: Perform a Manual Makeup to the VCT JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13009-HL19 K/A

Reference:

004A4.12 RO 3.8 SRO 3.3 Examinee: ___________________________ NRC Examiner: ______________________

Facility Evaluator: _____________________ Date: ______________________________

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance _________________ Actual Performance __________________

Classroom ______________ Simulator _____________ Plant ____________

NOTE TO EXAMINER: For time considerations, the candidates should pre-brief and review 13009-1 prior to starting the JPM.

Read to the examinee:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.

When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Initial Conditions: Automatic VCT makeup is not available due to a problem with the level control circuit.

Current VCT level is 32%.

Current RCS boron concentration is 907 ppm.

Current BAST concentration is 7000 ppm.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to perform a manual makeup to the VCT to raise level to 50% using 13009-1, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System. No recent makeups have been recorded in the logs.

1

Task Standard: Candidate correctly initiates a manual makeup to raise VCT level and then manually stops the makeup when the BA FLOW DEVIATION alarm is received prior to adding an additional 200 gallons of diluted makeup.

Required Materials: 13009-1, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System (rev. 50) 17007-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB07 on Panel 1A2 on MCB (rev. 29.1)

General

References:

None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 10 minutes 2

SIMULATOR SETUP:

Reset to IC163 for HL19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:

1. Reset to IC14 (MOL 100%) and verify 120 gpm letdown is in service
2. Verify BATP #1 is in AUTO and BATP #2 is in STOP
3. Verify RMUWP #1 is in AUTO and RMUWP #2 is in STOP
4. Lower VCT level to 32% and then allow VCT pressure to stabilize
5. Override ALB07-F01 BA FLOW DEVIATION to ON on Trigger 1
6. Override meter 1FI-110A to ~8 gpm on Trigger 1
7. Insert malfunction CV17 on Trigger 1
8. Override 1HS-110A closed on Trigger 1
9. Override 1HS-110A red light ON and green light OFF on Trigger 1
10. Acknowledge / Reset alarms
11. Reset both digital Integrators to zero
12. Freeze simulator
13. Ensure RCS boron status board is updated for RCS 907 ppm and BAST 7000 ppm NOTE TO SIMULATOR OPERATOR:

Reset Integrators to zero. This must be done for each reset.

Ensure RCS boron status board is updated for RCS 907 ppm and BAST 7000 ppm Setup time: 10 minutes 3

Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.

____________________________________________________________________________

START TIME: __________

JPM 1. Section 4.6 of 13009-1, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System, is selected to perform a manual makeup to the VCT.

Standard: Candidate selects Section 4.6 of 13009-1, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 2. 4.6 Manual Makeup CAUTIONS
  • If Manual Makeup is being performed to maintain VCT level when letdown is being diverted, letdown should not exceed 75 gpm.
  • BAST concentration is inaccurate until sampled following batching.

Temperature and power should be closely monitored following manual makeup to the VCT with the BAST concentration inaccurate.

NOTE Volumetric change in VCT is equal to 19.2 gallons per percent change in level.

4.6.1.1 Set TOTAL MAKEUP Integrator 1-FQI-0111 to the desired amount of Total Makeup Water.

Standard: Candidate reviews CAUTIONS and NOTE and calculates the total makeup required to raise VCT level from 32% to 50% (18%) using: (19.2 gallons / %

x 18% = 345.6 gallons) and sets 1-FQI-0111 to 345 - 346 326.4 - 364.8 gallons by depressing the gray pushbutton under the digit to be changed (red pushbutton will reset reading to all zeros).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

4

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 3.

CAUTION Digital counters and thumbwheel settings on BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1-FQI-0110 read in tenth-gallon increments.

4.6.1.2 Set BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1-FQI-0110 to the amount of boric acid as follows:

a. Calculate estimated volume of boric acid using the following calculation.

Gallons of Boric Acid = Total M/U x RCS Cb BAST Cb Standard: Candidate reviews CAUTION and correctly calculates amount of boric acid to add using the total makeup number calculated in Step 4.6.1.1 (345 - 346 gallons) and the equation:

345.6 gallons x 907 ppm = 44.8 gallons (44.7 - 44.9 gallons) 7000 ppm Note: This range may be expanded, based on the value determined in JPM step 2.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 4. 4.6.1.2 Set BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1-FQI-0110 to the amount of boric acid as follows:

b. Review logs for recent makeups to confirm calculated volume of Boric Acid is appropriate.

CUE: If requested, Refer to initiating cue sheet.

Standard: Candidate confirms no recent makeup has occurred (initial conditions).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

5

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 5.

NOTE Minor adjustments from the calculated boric acid volume and recent makeup data may be required based on burnup, plant conditions, and desired RCS temperature response.

CUE: If requested, Use the calculated boric acid volume.

No adjustments are required.

4.6.1.2 Set BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1-FQI-0110 to the amount of boric acid as follows:

c. Adjust Boric Acid to Blender Integrator 1-FQI-0110 to the desired volume based on plant conditions and desired reactivity response.

Standard: Candidate reviews NOTE and sets 1-FQI-0110 to 44.7 - 44.9 gallons by depressing the gray pushbutton under the digit to be changed (red pushbutton will reset reading to all zeros).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 6. 4.6.1.3 Adjust BORIC ACID Flow Controller 1-FIC-0110 pot setting using the following formula and verify controller is in AUTO:

1-FIC-0110 pot setting = RCS Cb x 25 BAST Cb NOTE TO EXAMINER: Potentiometer may require slight adjustment by the candidate depending on simulator reset.

Standard: Candidate correctly calculates 1-FIC-0110 potentiometer setting using:

(907 ppm x 25 / 7000 ppm) = 3.24 and adjusts 1-FIC-0110 potentiometer, if required, to 3.23 - 3.25. Candidate also checks controller in AUTO by observing AUTO light lit on 1-FIC-0110.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

6

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 7. 4.6.1.4 Place VCT MAKEUP CONTROL 1-HS-40001B in STOP.

Standard: Candidate disables makeup control system by placing 1-HS-40001B to STOP (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 8. 4.6.1.5 Place VCT MAKEUP MODE SELECT 1-HS-40001A in MAN.

Standard: Candidate selects the manual makeup mode by placing 1-HS-40001A to MAN (one click clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 9. 4.6.1.6 Verify the following:

  • BA TO BLENDER 1-HS-0110A in AUTO.
  • RX MU WTR TO BA BLENDER 1-HS-0111A in AUTO.
  • One Reactor Makeup Water Pump in AUTO or START.
  • Verify TOTAL MAKEUP Flow controller 1-FIC-0111 is in AUTO with pot set for 100 gpm (approximately 6.25) total flow rate.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: This is the normal line-up for these components.

Standard: Candidate checks handswitches and controller to verify:

  • 1-HS-0110A is in the AUTO position
  • 1-HS-0111A is in the AUTO position
  • BATP #1, 1-HS-276A, is in the AUTO position (placing in START is acceptable)
  • RMUWP #1, 1-HS-7762, is in the AUTO position (placing in START is acceptable)
  • 1-FIC-0111 is in AUTO (AUTO light lit) and set at ~ 6.25 (making a slight adjustment is allowed, if required)

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

7

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 10.

NOTE

  • While letdown is configured for 120 gpm, the preferred flow path for Manual Makeup is through 1-FV-0110B BLENDER OUTLET TO CHARGING PUMPS SUCT unless RMWST dissolved oxygen level is out of specification.
  • The design capacity of the VCT spray nozzles allow makeup with 120 gpm letdown in service IF VCT pressure can be maintained less than 25 psig.
  • If VCT pressure cannot be maintained less than 25 psig and makeup to the top of the VCT is required, then letdown should be reduced to 75 gpm, otherwise total flow may be reduced below 100 gpm due to backpressure.

CAUTION With either Blender Outlet valve handswitch in the open position, an automatic isolation will not occur due to a Boric Acid and/or Total Makeup Flow Deviations.

CUE: If requested, RMWST dissolved oxygen level is within specification.

4.6.1.7 Open one of the following valves:

BLENDER OUTLET TO CHARGING PUMPS SUCT 1-FV-0110B OR NOTE 1-FV-0111B should be selected if oxygen level of water in RMWST is out of specification.

BLENDER OUTLET TO VCT 1-FV-0111B Standard: Candidate reviews NOTES and CAUTION and opens 1-FV-0110B by placing 1-HS-0110B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON). Based on the previous NOTE and 120 gpm letdown in service, the candidate should NOT open 1-FV-0111B.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

8

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 11.

NOTES

  • Manual makeup can be stopped at any time by placing 1-HS-40001B in STOP.
  • VCT level should be maintained between 30 and 87 percent. (1-LIC-0185 controller pot should normally be set to 8.7)
  • VCT Pressure 1-PI-115 should be maintained between 20 and 45 psig.

4.6.1.8 Place VCT MAKEUP CONTROL 1-HS-40001B in START and perform the following:

  • Verify Reactor Makeup Water Pump is running.
  • Verify REACTOR MU WTR TO BLENDER 1-FV-0111A throttles open to provide correct total flow.
  • If desired, control Boric Acid Flow controller 1-FIC-0110 by adjusting pot OR using up/down pushbuttons to control boric acid at the desired flow rate.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: All bulleted items will operate correctly.

Standard: Candidate reviews NOTES and initiates makeup to the VCT by placing 1-HS-40001B to START (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

9

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 12. 4.6.1.9 Monitor counters on BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator 1-FQI-0110 and TOTAL MAKEUP Integrator 1-FQI-0111 and perform the following:

  • WHEN counter on 1-FQI-0110 BORIC ACID TO BLENDER Integrator reaches its setpoint, verify 1-FV-0110A BORIC ACID TO BLENDER is closed.
  • WHEN counter on 1-FQI-0111 TOTAL MAKEUP Integrator reaches its setpoint, verify 1-FV-0111A REACTOR MAKEUP WATER TO BLENDER is closed.

CUE: Simulator operator inserts Trigger 1 for BA FLOW DEVIATION annunciator and to lower boric acid flow rate.

GALLONS READ ON 1-FQI-111 WHEN ANNUNCIATOR IS RECEIVED: __________

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may refer to the ARP for the annunciator, which lists the probable cause as a boric acid transfer system malfunction or a 1-FV-0110A malfunction.

Standard: Candidate acknowledges the ALB07-F01 BA FLOW DEVIATION annunciator.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 13. Manual makeup to VCT is terminated due to abnormal boric acid flow deviation.

GALLONS READ ON 1-FQI-111 WHEN MAKEUP IS TERMINATED: __________

Standard: Candidate terminates the manual makeup by placing 1-HS-40001B to STOP before 200 gallons of makeup are added AFTER receipt of the BA FLOW DEVIATION annunciator. NOTE: 200 gallon addition takes about two minutes and equates to ~1% power increase.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

STOP TIME: __________

Terminating cue: Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.

10

Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-13009-HL19 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question: __________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Response: _________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _____________________________ ______________

11

Initial Conditions: Automatic VCT makeup is not available due to a problem with the level control circuit.

Current VCT level is 32%.

Current RCS boron concentration is 907 ppm.

Current BAST concentration is 7000 ppm.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to perform a manual makeup to the VCT to raise level to 50% using 13009-1, CVCS Reactor Makeup Control System. No recent makeups have been recorded in the logs.

Final JPM B NRC Job Performance Measure b Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-13012 Task Title: Transfer ECCS Pumps to Hot Leg Recirculation JPM No: V-NRC-JP-19014-HL19 K/A

Reference:

011EA1.11 RO 4.2 SRO 4.2 Examinee: ___________________________ NRC Examiner: ______________________

Facility Evaluator: _____________________ Date: ______________________________

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance ________________ Actual Performance ___________________

Classroom ______________ Simulator ______________ Plant _____________

Read to the examinee:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.

When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Initial Conditions: A large break LOCA occurred approximately 7.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> ago. The crew is at Step 31 of 19010-C, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, which directs the transfer to hot leg recirculation.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Transfer the ECCS pumps to hot leg recirculation using 19014-C.

1

Task Standard: Candidate realigns available ECCS pumps to the hot leg recirculation mode. Train B SI cannot be aligned to the hot leg recirculation mode due to a valve failure, so it will be realigned for cold leg recirculation.

Required Materials: 19014-C, Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation (rev. 15.2)

General

References:

None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 8 minutes 2

SIMULATOR SETUP:

Reset to IC162 for HL-19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:

1. Reset to IC14 (100% MOL).
2. Insert Malfunction RC03C (DBA LOCA).
3. Place all ECCS Lockout switches to ON.
4. Trip all RCPs.
5. Use Remote Function TK09 at 100,000 gpm to transfer RWST mass to the CNMT sumps.
6. Verify RWST level is < 29% and set TK09 to 0 gpm, then delete it.
7. Perform 19013-C, Steps 1 and 2, Attachment A, and then Steps 3 through 15.
8. Use remote functions CV-17 and CV-18 for LOCAL control of LV-112D and E.
9. Override HS-8802B to CLOSE.
10. Acknowledge / Reset alarms.
11. Freeze simulator.

Setup time: 20 minutes 3

Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.

___________________________________________________________________________

START TIME: __________

  • JPM 1. Align RHR system flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:

1.a. Align RHR Train A for Hot Leg Recirculation as follows:

1) Close HV-8809A - RHR PMP-A TO COLD LEG 1&2 ISO VLV.
2) Open HV-8716A - RHR TRAIN A TO HOT LEG CROSSOVER ISO.

CUE: If candidate responds to the CSFST alarms, An extra operator will evaluate the CSFSTs.

Standard: Candidate closes 1-HV-8809A by placing 1HS-8809A to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF) and opens 1-HV-8716A by placing 1HS-8716A to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 2. Align RHR system flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:

1.b. Align RHR Train B for HL Recirculation as follows:

1) Close HV-8809B - RHR PMP-B TO COLD LEG 3&4 ISO VLV.
2) Open HV-8716B - RHR TRAIN B TO HOT LEG CROSSOVER ISO.

Standard: Candidate closes 1-HV-8809B by placing 1HS-8809B to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF) and opens 1-HV-8716B by placing 1HS-8716B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

4

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 3. Align RHR system flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:

1.c. At least one Train of RHR realigned for Hot Leg recirculation.

Standard: Candidate determines both RHR Trains are realigned for Hot Leg recirculation (candidate may check RHR pumps operating, all valves positioned as required, and system parameters are as expected).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 4. Align RHR system flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:

1.d. Open RHR TO HL ISO VLV HV-8840.

Standard: Candidate opens 1-HV-8840 by placing 1HS-8840 to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 5. 2. Consult TSC before starting or realigning CCPs or SIPs that have been stopped or realigned to normal charging.

CUE: TSC has been notified.

Standard: Candidate determines this step is not applicable since CCPs and SIPs have not been realigned to their normal charging lineups at this time.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

5

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 6. Align SI Train A flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:

3.a. Stop SI Pump A.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Stopping SI Pump A is critical because the next step will secure the pump discharge flow path with mini-flow isolated.

Standard: Candidate stops SI Pump A by placing 1HS-998A to STOP (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 7. Align SI Train A flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:

3.b. Shut SI PMP-A TO COLD LEG ISO VLV HV-8821A.

3.c. Open SI PMP-A TO HOT LEG 1&4 ISO VLV HV-8802A.

Standard: Candidate closes 1-HV-8821A by placing 1HS-8821A to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF), and opens 1-HV-8802A by placing 1-HV-8802A to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 8. Align SI Train A flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:

3.d. Start SI Pump A.

Standard: Candidate starts SI Pump A by placing 1HS-998A to START (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

6

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 9. 4. Check SI Pump A flow - GREATER THAN 100 GPM.

Standard: Candidate checks that SI Pump A discharge flow indicates greater 100 gpm on 1FI-918 on the QMCB or on the IPC.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 10. Align SI Train B flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:

5.a. Stop SI Pump B.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Stopping SI Pump B is critical because the next step will secure the pump discharge flow path with mini-flow isolated.

Standard: Candidate stops SI Pump B by placing 1HS-999A to STOP (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 11. Align SI Train B flow path for Hot Leg recirculation:

5.b. Shut SI PMP-B TO COLD LEG ISO VLV HV-8821B.

5.c. Open SI PMP-B TO HOT LEG 2&3 ISO VLV HV-8802B.

Standard: Candidate closes 1-HV-8821B by placing 1HS-8821B to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF), and determines that 1-HV-8802B will NOT open (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

7

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 12. 5. RNO IF Train B SI can NOT be aligned for Hot Leg recirculation, THEN realign for Cold Leg recirculation:

1) Stop SI Pump B.
2) Shut SI PMP-B TO HOT LEGS 2&3 ISO VLV HV-8802B.
3) Verify open CL INJ FROM SIS HV-8835.

Standard: Candidate checks SI Pump B is stopped (green light ON, red light OFF), 1-HV-8802B is closed (green light ON, red light OFF), and 1-HV-8835 is open (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 13. 5. RNO IF Train B SI can NOT be aligned for Hot Leg recirculation, THEN realign for Cold Leg recirculation:
4) Open SI PMP-B TO COLD LEG ISO VLV HV-8821B.

Standard: Candidate opens 1-HV-8821B by placing 1HS-8821B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 14. 5. RNO IF Train B SI can NOT be aligned for Hot Leg recirculation, THEN realign for Cold Leg recirculation:
5) Start SI Pump B.

Standard: Candidate starts SI Pump B by placing 1HS-999A to START (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

8

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 15. 6. Check SI Pump B flow - GREATER THAN 100 GPM.

Standard: Candidate checks that SI Pump B discharge flow indicates greater 100 gpm on 1FI-922 on the QMCB or on the IPC.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 16. 7. Complete SI alignment:

a. Check both SI trains - ALIGNED TO HOT LEG RECIRCULATION.

Standard: Candidate determines that SI Train B is NOT aligned to hot leg recirculation.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 17. 7.a. RNO Consult TSC for actions to realign second SI train to Hot Leg recirculation.

Go to Step 8.

7.b. Shut CL INJ FROM SIS HV-8835.

CUE: The Shift Supervisor will consult with the TSC.

  • NOTE TO EXAMINER: Performing Step 7.b. (shutting 1-HV-8835) instead of going directly to Step 8 will constitute failure of a critical step since all SI pump flow to the cold legs will be isolated.

Standard: Candidate goes directly to Step 8, and does NOT perform Step 7.b. (does NOT close 1-HV-8835).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

9

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 18. 8. Return to procedure and step in effect.

Standard: N/A Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

STOP TIME: __________

Terminating cue: Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.

10

Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-19014-HL19 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question: __________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Response: _________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________ ____________

11

Initial Conditions: A large break LOCA occurred approximately 7.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> ago.

The crew is at Step 31 of 19010-C, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, which directs the transfer to hot leg recirculation.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Transfer the ECCS pumps to hot leg recirculation using 19014-C.

Final JPM C NRC Job Performance Measure c Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-37008 Task Title: Isolate Accumulators During Post-LOCA Cooldown JPM No: V-NRC-JP-19012-HL19 K/A

Reference:

WE03EA1.1 RO 4.0 SRO 4.0 Examinee: __________________________ NRC Examiner: ______________________

Facility Evaluator: ____________________ Date: ______________________________

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance ________________ Actual Performance ___________________

Classroom ______________ Simulator ______________ Plant _____________

Read to the examinee:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.

When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Initial Conditions: Unit 1 was at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.

The crew is currently at Step 38 of 19012-C, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, to isolate the SI Accumulators.

A Systems Operator has been dispatched and has closed all ACCUM ISO VLV MOV breakers.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Isolate the SI Accumulators using Step 38 of 19012-C.

1

Task Standard: Candidate isolates three SI accumulators using 19012-C. One accumulator isolation valve, 1-HV-8808B, will fail to close, which will require venting of the non-isolable accumulator.

Required Materials: 19012-C, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization (rev. 33.3).

Previous steps will be marked as complete by an exam team member.

Step 38 will be circled to indicate it has been initiated.

General

References:

None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 8 minutes 2

SIMULATOR SETUP:

Reset to IC161 for HL-19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:

1. Reset to IC14 (100% MOL)
2. Insert malfunction RC04A at 75%
3. Verify SI is actuated
4. Throttle AFW to ~100 gpm per SG
5. Reset SI
6. Reset CIA and open 1-HV-9378
7. Establish ~ 100 F/hour cooldown
8. Depressurize RCS until pressurizer level > 9%
9. Wait for subcooling to exceed 24 F
10. Close accumulator breakers (RFs SI1 through SI4)
11. Insert handswitch override for 1HS-8808B to OPEN
12. Acknowledge / Reset alarms and freeze simulator Setup time: 20 minutes 3

Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.

___________________________________________________________________________

START TIME: __________

JPM 1. Isolate SI Accumulators:

38.a. Dispatch an operator to close ACCUM ISO VLV MOV breakers:

UNIT 1 UNIT 2 MOV CB ROOM CB ROOM HV-8808A 1ABE-19 (B79) 2ABE-19 (B01)

HV-8808B 1BBC-19 (B61) 2BBC-19 (B18)

HV-8808C 1ABC-19 (B76) 2ABC-19 (B04)

HV-8808D 1BBE-19 (A77) 2BBE-19 (A79)

CUE: If status requested, Refer to initial conditions.

Standard: N/A Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 2. Isolate SI Accumulators:

38.b. Reset SI if necessary.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: SI will have been reset at this point. Candidate will check that the SI ACTUATED light on the BPLB is not lit. Candidate can also check that the SI indicator at the top of the IPC screen is not lit.

Standard: Candidate determines that SI is reset by checking the control board indicators.

NOTE: It is acceptable if the SI reset handswitches are cycled again.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

4

____________________________________________________________________________

38.c. Close ACCUM ISO VLVs:

  • HV-8808A
  • HV-8808B
  • HV-8808C
  • HV-8808D NOTE TO EXAMINER: 1-HV-8808B will fail to close.

Standard: Candidate places the handswitches for 1-HV-8808A, 1-HV-8808B, 1-HV-8808C, and 1-HV-8808D to CLOSE. 1-HV-8808A, 1-HV-8808C, and 1-HV-8808D close (green lights ON, red lights OFF), but 1-HV-8808B will NOT close (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 4. 38.c. RNO Vent any non-isolable Accumulators:

1) Verify N2 supply valve HV-8880 is closed.

Standard: Candidate verifies that 1-HV-8880 is closed (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

5

____________________________________________________________________________

2) Open ACCUM N2 SUPPLY/VENT VLVs:

ACCUM #2 HV-8875B HV-8875F NOTE TO EXAMINER: Accumulator #2 is the non-isolable accumulator (1-HV-8808B failed open). 1-HV-8875B and 1-HV-8875F are in parallel, so opening one of the valves will meet the critical step.

Standard: Candidate places the handswitch(es) for 1-HV-8875B and / or 1-HV-8875F to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

3) Open common vent valve HV-0943A or HV-0943B.

IF an Accumulator can NOT be isolated or vented, THEN consult the TSC to determine contingency actions.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: 1-HV-0943A and 1-HV-0943B are in parallel, so opening one of the valves will meet the critical step. The valves are opened using controllers 1-HC-943A or 1-HC-943B, which are on the vertical QMCB panel. Accumulator pressure may be checked on the vertical QMCB panel or on the IPC.

CUE: If candidate is waiting for accumulator to fully depressurize, Another operator will monitor accumulator pressure during venting.

Standard: Candidate opens 1-HV-0943A or 1-HV-0943B by depressing the UP arrow on the manual controller.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

6

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 7. Isolate SI Accumulators:

38.d. Open ACCUM ISO VLV MOV breakers.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: This step should be performed with the venting in progress. Candidate may choose to de-energize all MOVs except 1HV-8808B (failed MOV). This is acceptable.

CUE: When requested, A Systems Operator will be dispatched to open the accumulator isolation valve breakers.

Standard: Candidate dispatches operator to open breakers.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

STOP TIME: __________

Terminating cue: Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.

7

Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-19012-HL19 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question: __________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Response: _________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________ ________

8

Initial Conditions: Unit 1 was at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.

The crew is currently at Step 38 of 19012-C, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, to isolate the SI Accumulators.

A Systems Operator has been dispatched and has closed all ACCUM ISO VLV MOV breakers.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Isolate the SI Accumulators using Step 38 of 19012-C.

Final JPM D NRC Job Performance Measure d Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-20010 Task Title: Restore TDAFW Flow with Actuation Signal Present JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13610-HL19 K/A

Reference:

WE05EA1.1 RO 4.1 SRO 4.0 Examinee: _________________________ NRC Examiner: ______________________

Facility Evaluator: ____________________ Date: ______________________________

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance ________________ Actual Performance ___________________

Classroom ______________ Simulator ______________ Plant _____________

Read to the examinee:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.

When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Initial Conditions: A loss of heat sink is in progress.

RCS bleed and feed has been initiated.

The TDAFW pump tripped on overspeed and is now ready to be returned to service.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Restore Auxiliary Feedwater Flow to at least one steam generator beginning with Step 52 of 19231-C, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.

1

Task Standard: Candidate resets the TDAFW pump using 13610-1, Auxiliary Feedwater System, and restores AFW flow to one steam generator.

Required Materials: 13610-1, Auxiliary Feedwater System (rev. 50.4) 19231-C, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink (rev. 34)

General

References:

None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 15 minutes 2

SIMULATOR SETUP:

Reset to IC169 for HL-19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:

1. Reset to IC14 (MOL 100%)
2. Insert malfunctions ES01, AF02B, AF02C, and AF04
3. Trip both MFPs
4. Trip the reactor when all SG WR levels are < 9%
5. Actuate SI
6. Stop all RCPs
7. Arm Train A COPS and open PORV-455
8. Open reactor vessel head vents
9. Danger tag PORV-456 closed
10. Verify all SG WR levels are still < 9% and remove malfunction AF04
11. Acknowledge / Reset alarms
12. Freeze simulator NOTE TO SIMULATOR OPERATOR: Place danger tag on 1PORV-456.

Simulator operator may seal-in ALB11-D03 PRZR LIQUID HI TEMP, if it cycles continuously.

Setup time: 15 minutes 3

Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.

____________________________________________________________________________

START TIME: __________

JPM 1.

CAUTION Feed flow rates should be controlled to prevent excessive RCS cool down.

Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:

52.a. Check TDAFW Pump - AVAILABLE:

  • Steam admission valve HV-5106 - OPEN
  • Trip & Throttle valve PV-15129 - OPEN (HS-15111)
  • Governor valve SV-15133 - OPERATING PROPERLY (PDIC-5180A)

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Trip and Throttle valve, 1PV-15129, (1HS-15111) will be closed due to overspeed trip.

Standard: Candidate determines that the Trip and Throttle valve, 1PV-15129, is closed by checking 1HS-15111 (green light ON, amber light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 2. 52. RNO Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:

a. Perform the following:

Standard: Candidate initiates Section 4.4.7 of 13610-1, Auxiliary Feedwater System, for resetting the TDAFW pump Trip and Throttle valve.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

4

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 3.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: The following steps are from 13610-1, Auxiliary Feedwater System.

4.4.7 Resetting of TDAFW Pump Trip and Throttle Valve Following an Overspeed Trip Actuation (Actual Overspeed or Surveillance / Maintenance Testing)

CAUTION If this reset of the Trip & Throttle valve is following an actual overspeed trip and the potential exists to initiate AFW flow to a hot dry S/G, closing of the TDAFW discharge valves should be considered prior to reset of the Trip & Throttle valve.

CUE: If requested, The Shift Supervisor directs closure of the TDAFW discharge valves.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: If valves are not closed at this step, 19231-C, Step 52.a. will direct closure of the valves after the SOP section is complete.

Standard: Candidate reviews CAUTION and closes TDAFW pump throttle valves using 1HS-5122, 5125, 5127, and 5120 (green lights ON, red lights OFF) OR at Step 52.a. of 19231-C.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

5

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 4.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Steps 4.4.7.1 through 4.4.7.7 are completed locally at the TDAFW pump. After the candidate directs the completion of these steps, the TDAFW pump mechanical overspeed trip linkage will reset.

4.4.7.1 Verify motor actuator has driven the shaft to approximately 80% closed as indicated by T&T VALVE OPERATOR CLOSED green light lit on the local valve panel (PAFT).

CUE: If requested separately from the following steps, Trip and Throttle Valve green light is lit on the local panel.

4.4.7.2 On the governor, lift and release Tappet several times to ensure that there is no binding.

4.4.7.3 If binding is observed, contact the Shift Supervisor.

4.4.7.4 Verify that the flat part of the tappet nut is in contact with the head lever.

(See Figure 4) 4.4.7.5 Reset the mechanical linkage by pushing the trip linkage towards the Trip And Throttle Valve and observe trip lever moves up (see Figures 3 and 4).

4.4.7.6 Push the Tappet down to ensure proper seating.

4.4.7.7 Verify mechanical overspeed trip indicator limit switch roller arm is properly positioned (Figure 4).

CUE: Simulator operator inserts Remote Function AF22 to reset the TDAFW pump mechanical overspeed trip linkage and notifies candidate, Steps 4.4.7.1 through 4.4.7.7 are complete.

Standard: Candidate directs the completion of Steps 4.4.7.1 through 4.4.7.7 to reset the TDAFW pump mechanical overspeed trip linkage.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

6

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 5. 4.4.7.8 Place TDAFW Pump Steam Admission Valve 1-HV-5106 handswitch 1HS-5106A (QMCB) in CLOSE.

CUE: CV request noted.

Standard: Candidate places 1HS-5106A to CLOSE (handswitch turned counterclockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 6.

NOTE Holding 1HS-5106A in the CLOSE position allows the speed controller startup logic to reset when the T&T valve is electrically opened.

4.4.7.9 If AFW Actuation signal is present, hold 1HS-5106A in the CLOSE position until completion of Step 4.4.7.10.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: 1-HV-5106 will re-open when 1HS-5106A is released. The intent of the step is to hold 1HS-5106A in CLOSE while opening 1HS-15111 in Step 4.4.7.10. The critical step is met if 1HS-15111 is opened while holding 1HS-5106A in CLOSE.

Standard: Candidate reviews NOTE and holds 1HS-5106A in CLOSE (handswitch turned counterclockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

7

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 7.

NOTE When Handswitch 1HS-15111 is placed in OPEN, the Trip And Throttle Valve latches and then opens.

4.4.7.10 Place Handswitch 1HS-15111 (QMCB) in OPEN, THEN release.

Standard: Candidate place 1HS-15111 to OPEN, then releases handswitch (handswitch turned clockwise, then released).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 8.

CAUTIONS

  • Steam Admission Valve 1-HV-5106 will open when 1HS-5106A is released if an open signal is present.
  • If pump speed cannot be controlled or overspeed trip occurs again when 1HS-5106 is released in the next step, do not attempt to reset again until the speed control problem has been corrected.

4.4.7.11 Verify proper latching between the latch up lever and the trip hook lever. (Figure 3 and 3a).

NOTE TO EXAMINER: This step is performed locally at the TDAFW pump.

CUE: When candidate directs completion of the step, The latch up lever and the trip hook lever are properly latched.

Standard: Candidate reviews CAUTIONS and verifies proper latching of the latch up lever and the trip hook lever.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

8

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 9. 4.4.7.12 WHEN the Trip and Throttle Valve is fully open as indicated at MLB13-4.2 or 1HS-15111 (QMCB), release 1HS-5106A if applicable.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: MLB13-4.2 is on the QMCB vertical A panel above the accumulators and SI indicators.

Standard: Candidate checks the Trip and Throttle Valve, 1PV-15129, fully open by observing MLB13-4.2 lit or 1HS-15111 green light OFF and red light ON and releases 1HS-5106A (1HS-5106A may have been released prior this step).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 10.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: The candidate will now return to 19231-C, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.

52 RNO. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:

a. Perform the following:
  • Verify TDAFW pump throttle valves closed.

Standard: Candidate verifies TDAFW pump throttle valves closed on 1HS-5122, 5125, 5127, and 5120 (green lights ON, red lights OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 11. 52 RNO. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:

a. Perform the following:
  • WHEN TDAFW Pump is started, THEN go to Step 52.b.

Standard: Candidate transitions to Step 52.b.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

9

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 12. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:

52.b. Select SG(s) to feed:

1) All SG WR levels - LESS THAN 9% [31% ADVERSE].

Standard: Candidate checks all SG WR levels are less than 9% on QMCB or IPC.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 13. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:

52.c. Check Core Exit TCs - STABLE OR LOWERING NOTE TO EXAMINER: The Core Exit temperatures at this time will be controlled by the code safeties. The IPC will indicate a generally stable saw-tooth trend. However, the candidate may decide temperatures are rising due to no heat sink. If so, feed flow to the selected SG will NOT be limited.

Standard: Candidate checks Core Exit Thermocouple temperatures on the IPC or PSMS to determine if they are stable or lowering. If candidate decides Core Exit temperatures are rising, then the Step 52.c. RNO will direct candidate to go directly to Step 52.f.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

10

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 14. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:

52.d. Restore feed flow to selected SG - BETWEEN 30 GPM AND 100 GPM:

  • IPC POINT - UF5403 NOTE TO EXAMINER: The Core Exit temperatures at this time will be controlled by the code safeties. The IPC will indicate a generally stable saw-tooth trend. However, the candidate may decide temperatures are rising due to no heat sink. If so, feed flow to the selected SG will NOT be limited.

Standard: Candidate establishes feed flow to the selected SG at 30 - 100 gpm. NOTE:

If Core Exit temperatures are rising, candidate will have correctly skipped this step.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 15. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:

52.e. Check Dry SG WR level - GREATER THAN 9% [31% ADVERSE].

Standard: Candidate checks all SG WR levels are less than 9% on QMCB or IPC. NOTE:

If Core Exit temperatures are rising, candidate will have correctly skipped this step.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

11

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 16. 52 RNO. Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:

e. WHEN Dry SG WR level is greater than 9% [31% ADVERSE] THEN raise feed flow to restore NR level greater than 10% [32% ADVERSE].

Go to Step 69.

CUE: An Extra Operator will complete the procedure.

Standard: Candidate maintains feed flow to the selected SG. NOTE: If Core Exit temperatures are rising, candidate will have correctly skipped this step.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 17.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: If candidate earlier decided Core Exit temperatures were rising, then the following step will be performed.

Try to establish TDAFW flow to at least one SG:

52.f. Raise feed flow to restore NR level greater than 10% [32% ADVERSE]

and go to Step 69.

CUE: An Extra Operator will complete the procedure.

Standard: Candidate maintains or raises feed flow to the selected SG.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

STOP TIME: __________

Terminating cue: Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.

12

Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-13610-HL19 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question: __________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Response: _________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________ _________

13

Initial Conditions: A loss of heat sink is in progress.

RCS bleed and feed has been initiated.

The TDAFW pump tripped on overspeed and is now ready to be returned to service.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Restore Auxiliary Feedwater Flow to at least one steam generator beginning with Step 52 of 19231-C, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.

Final JPM E NRC Job Performance Measure e Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-29006 Task Title: Reduce Containment Pressure Following an Inadvertent CVI JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13125-HL19 K/A

Reference:

103A1.01 RO 3.7 SRO 4.1 Examinee: __________________________ NRC Examiner: ______________________

Facility Evaluator: ____________________ Date: ______________________________

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance ________________ Actual Performance __________________

Classroom ______________ Simulator ______________ Plant ____________

Read to the examinee:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.

When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: For time considerations, the candidates should pre-brief and review 13125-1 prior to starting the JPM.

Initial Conditions: Unit 1 was performing a containment pressure relief using 13125-1, Containment Purge System, when a spurious CVI occurred due to a faulty slave relay.

The CVI signal was reset after the faulty relay was repaired.

The Shift Supervisor has verified with Chemistry that the existing Gaseous Release Permit is still valid for the duration of the pressure relief.

The IPC is NOT available.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Perform containment pressure relief using 13125-1.

1

Task Standard: Candidate reduces containment pressure and initiates termination of containment pressure relief at zero +/-0.1 psig using 13125-1, Containment Purge System.

Required Materials: 13125-1, Containment Purge System (rev. 54)

General

References:

None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 18 minutes 2

SIMULATOR SETUP:

Reset to IC158 for HL-19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:

1. Reset to IC14
2. Place Mini-Purge supply fan in service per 13125-1, Section 4.4.2, to raise containment pressure
3. Remove Mini-Purge from service when containment pressure is ~ 0.4 psig
4. Acknowledge / Reset alarms
5. Turn off IPC monitors.
6. Freeze simulator Setup time: 10 minutes NOTE TO SIMULATOR OPERATOR: Turn off IPC monitors prior to start of JPM.

3

Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.

___________________________________________________________________________

START TIME: __________

JPM 1. Section 4.4.1 of 13125-1, Containment Purge System, is selected for Containment Pressure Relief.

Standard: 13125-1, Containment Purge System, is opened to Section 4.4.1.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 2.

NOTE When monitoring and changing containment pressure during this procedure, computer point P-9871 OR 1-PI-10945 (QHVC) should be used. These are the only containment pressure instruments that will indicate a negative pressure.

4.4.1 Containment Pressure Relief Standard: Candidate reviews NOTE prior to Step 4.4.1.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 3. 4.4.1.1 IF the Unit is in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4:

a. Review Limitations 2.2.5c, 2.2.7, 2.2.8, and 2.2.10.

Standard: Candidate reviews Limitations.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

4

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 4. 4.4.1.1 IF the Unit is in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4:

b. Place additional containment cooling units in service IF required to correct the high pressure condition.

CUE: If requested, "The Shift Supervisor does not desire to start additional containment coolers."

Standard: Candidate reviews step.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 5. 4.4.1.2 Notify Chemistry of the upcoming Mini-Purge operation OR Pressure Relief operation:

a. Obtain the current approved Containment Gaseous Release Permit.

OR

b. IF an updated permit is unavailable, request that Chemistry sample the containment atmosphere and prepare for the gaseous release.

CUE: If requested, "Refer to the initial conditions."

Standard: Candidate determines a current, approved Gaseous Release Permit is available.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

5

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 6. 4.4.1.3 WHEN a current approved Containment Gaseous Release Permit is obtained, perform the following:

NOTE Magenta color for 1RE-2565 on Com Console may indicate inoperability.

CUE: The Com Console is not modeled in the simulator.

If candidate requests status of 1RE-2565A, B, and C on the Com Console, provide, 1RE-2565A, B, and C are operable.

a. Verify at least TWO of the following radiation monitors are operable for CVI purposes (TS 3.3.6):
  • 1-RE-2565A&B OR 1-RE-2565C
  • 1-RE-002
  • 1-RE-003
b. Verify at least ONE of the following radiation monitors is operable for ODCM purposes:
  • 1-RE-12442C
  • 1-RE-12444C CUE: If requested, "The Shift Supervisor reports that all radiation monitors are operable."

Standard: Candidate checks that radiation monitors are operable.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

6

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 7.

CAUTION The pressure relief should not be initiated until the current approved Containment Gaseous Release Permit is obtained.

4.4.1.4 Releases may not continue beyond the date/time on the Release may not continue beyond (Date/Time) block indicated on 36022-C, Data Sheet 1.

CUE: If requested, "Refer to the initial conditions."

Standard: Candidate determines that the current Gaseous Release Permit is valid.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 8. 4.4.1.5 IF containment pressure is less than or equal to +0.3 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:

Standard: Candidate determines this step is not applicable since pressure is greater than

+0.3 psig.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

7

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 9.

NOTES

  • Heater will not energize until CTB Mini-Purge Fan is started and pressure in Filter Housing is negative.
  • Annunciator ALB-52-B07, CNMT PURGE EXH FLTR HI MSTR alarm may ILLUMINATE when pressure relief is initiated. It should EXTINGUISH after approximately 5 minutes of CTB Mini-Purge Fan operation.
  • Containment pressure should be maintained between -0.1 psig and 1.0 psig.

CAUTION The pressure relief should not be initiated until the current approved Containment Gaseous Release Permit is obtained.

CUE: If requested, The Shift Supervisor acknowledges incoming annunciator.

4.4.1.6 IF containment pressure is greater than +0.3 psig and less than or equal to +4.4 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:

NOTE The following pressure relief is via Flow Orifice 1-FO-12593.

a. Verify CTB MINI-PURGE EXH DMPR 1-HV-12592 is CLOSED using 1-HS-12592 (C34).

Standard: Candidate reviews NOTES and CAUTION and verifies 1-HV-12592 is closed (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

8

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 10. 4.4.1.6 IF containment pressure is greater than +0.3 psig and less than or equal to +4.4 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:
b. Open CTB MINI PURGE EXH ORC ISO VLV-MINI 1-HV-2629B using 1-HS-2629B (B34).

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Handswitch must be held in the OPEN position for the valve to fully open. If switch is released early, the damper will re-close.

Standard: Candidate opens 1-HV-2629B by placing 1-HS-2629B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 11. 4.4.1.6 IF containment pressure is greater than +0.3 psig and less than or equal to +4.4 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:
c. Open CTB NORM PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV-MINI 1-HV-2628B using 1-HS-2628B (A34).

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Handswitch must be held in the OPEN position for the valve to fully open. If switch is released early, the damper will re-close.

Standard: Candidate opens 1-HV-2628B by placing 1-HS-2628B to OPEN (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

9

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 12. 4.4.1.6 IF containment pressure is greater than +0.3 psig and less than or equal to +4.4 psig, initiate pressure relief to zero +/-0.1 psig as follows:

d. Log the Initial Containment pressure, START TIME, and DATE on the Containment Gaseous Release Permit.

CUE: If requested, The Shift Supervisor will log the information on the Release Permit.

Standard: Candidate ensures data is logged on the permit.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 13. 4.4.1.7 Notify Chemistry that pressure relief has commenced and record the name of the person contacted in the Unit Control Log.

CUE: If requested, The Shift Supervisor will contact chemistry.

Standard: Candidate ensures chemistry is notified.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

10

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 14. 4.4.1.8 Per SS direction, WHEN CTB pressure drops below +0.3 psig, perform the following:
a. Open CTB MINI-PURGE EXH DMPR 1-HV-12592 using 1-HS -12592 (C34).

NOTE TO EXAMINER: 1-PI-10945 has a bar graph display and is high on the QHVC panel. It may be difficult to see 0.3 psig clearly on the indicator.

CUE: If requested, The Shift Supervisor directs performance of Step 4.4.1.8.

Standard: Candidate opens 1-HV-12592 by placing 1-HS-12592 to OPEN when containment pressure is < +0.3 psig (green light OFF, red light ON). NOTE:

Step 4.4.1.8 must be performed when containment pressure < +0.3 psig to protect downstream ductwork from overpressure. This is the basis of the critical step actions in Step 4.4.1.8.a.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

11

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 15. 4.4.1.8 Per SS direction, WHEN CTB pressure drops below +0.3 psig, perform the following:
b. Start the CTB MINI-PURGE EXH FAN using 1-HS-2631B (D34).

Standard: Candidate starts Mini-Purge Exhaust Fan by placing 1-HS-2631B to START (green light OFF, red light ON). NOTE: Step 4.4.1.8 must be performed when containment pressure < +0.3 psig to protect downstream ductwork from overpressure. This is the basis of the critical step actions in Step 4.4.1.8.b.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 16. 4.4.1.8 Per SS direction, WHEN CTB pressure drops below +0.3 psig, perform the following:

c. Place the CTB MINI-PURGE EXH DMPR 1-HS-12592 in AUTO (C34).

Standard: Candidate places 1-HV-12592 in AUTO by taking 1-HS-12592 to AUTO.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 17.

CAUTION Containment pressure must be maintained above -0.3 psig.

4.4.1.9 Monitor containment pressure.

Standard: Candidate monitors containment pressure on 1-PI-10945.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

12

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 18. 4.4.1.10 IF pressure relief was performed as part of Mini-Purge System Startup, perform the following:

Standard: Candidate determines step is not applicable.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 19. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
a. IF mini purge exhaust fan was started in Step 4.4.1.8, stop the CTB MINI-PURGE EXH FAN using 1-HS-2631B (D34).

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Mini-Purge Exhaust Fan was started in Step 4.4.1.8 based on Shift Supervisor cue.

Standard: Candidate stops Mini-Purge Exhaust Fan by placing 1-HS-2631B to STOP (green light ON, red light OFF). NOTE: The actions in Step 4.4.1.11 must initiated, not fully completed, when containment pressure lowers to zero +/-0.1 psig. The intent is to maintain containment pressure above -0.3 psig.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 20. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
b. Close CTB MINI PURGE EXH ORC ISO VLV-MINI 1-HV-2629B using 1-HS-2629B (B34).

Standard: Candidate closes 1-HV-2629B by placing 1-HS-2629B to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

13

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 21. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
c. Close CTB NORM PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV-MINI 1-HV-2628B using 1-HS-2628B (A34).

Standard: Candidate closes 1-HV-2628B by placing 1-HS-2628B to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 22. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:
d. Verify CTB MINI PURGE EXH DMPR 1-HS-12592 (C34) in CLOSE.

Standard: Candidate closes 1-HV-12592 by placing 1-HS-12592 to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 23. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:

e. Log the Final Containment pressure and pressure relief STOP TIME and DATE on the Chemistry data sheet provided.
f. Notify Chemistry that containment pressure relief has been terminated.
g. Record the name of the person contacted in the Unit Control Log.

CUE: If requested, The Shift Supervisor will complete the log and contact chemistry.

Standard: Candidate ensures data is logged and chemistry is contacted.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

14

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 24. 4.4.1.11 WHEN containment pressure falls to zero +/-0.1 psig, terminate pressure relief as follows:

h. Restore the Mini-Purge System per Checklist 3.

CUE: An Extra Operator will complete Checklist 3.

Standard: N/A Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

STOP TIME: __________

Terminating cue: Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.

15

Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-13125-HL19 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question: ___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Response: __________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________ _____________

16

Initial Conditions: Unit 1 was performing a containment pressure relief using 13125-1, Containment Purge System, when a spurious CVI occurred due to a faulty slave relay.

The CVI signal was reset after the faulty relay was repaired.

The Shift Supervisor has verified with Chemistry that the existing Gaseous Release Permit is still valid for the duration of the pressure relief.

The IPC is NOT available.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Perform containment pressure relief using 13125-1.

Final JPM F NRC Job Performance Measure f Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-31008 Task Title: Synchronize Main Generator to the Grid JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13830-HL19 K/A

Reference:

062A4.07 RO 3.1* SRO 3.1*

Examinee: __________________________ NRC Examiner: _____________________

Facility Evaluator: ____________________ Date: ______________________________

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance ________________ Actual Performance ___________________

Classroom ______________ Simulator ______________ Plant _____________

NOTE TO EXAMINER: For time considerations, the candidates should pre-brief and review 13830-1 prior to starting the JPM.

Read to the examinee:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.

When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Initial Conditions: The unit is starting up following a refueling outage. The main turbine is at 1800 rpm and main generator field excitation has been established. The System Operator has given approval to synchronize the main generator to the grid.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Synchronize the Main Generator to the grid and assume 60 to 80 MWe in accordance with 13830-1, Main Generator Operation. Perform the initial synchronization using PCB 161710.

1

Task Standard: Candidate synchronizes the Main Generator to the grid, and then trips the Main Turbine when no generator current is observed on Phase B.

Required Materials: 13830-1, Main Generator Operation, (rev. 69) with previously completed steps initialed by exam team Switch Operating Handles General

References:

None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 15 minutes 2

SIMULATOR SETUP:

Reset to IC165 for HL-19 NRC exam.

Simulator Setup from Scratch:

1. Reset to IC17 (20% power EOL ready to synch to grid).
2. Verify main generator field excitation.
3. Insert remote functions CM03a, CM03b, CM03c set to OVERRIDE.
4. Insert remote functions CM04a and CM04c to 4% on Trigger 1.
5. Insert remote function CM04b to 0% on Trigger 1.
6. Ensure generator synch switch positions are correct (vertical), they do not switch check.

IMPORTANT NOTES TO SIMULATOR OPERATOR:

1. On each reset verify CM03a, CM03b, and CM03c are set to OVERRIDE.
2. On each reset verify sync switch positions are correct (vertical).

Setup time: 10 minutes 3

Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.

___________________________________________________________________________

START TIME: __________

JPM 1. Section 4.1.3 of 13830-1, Main Generator Operation, selected for synchronizing the Main Generator to the grid.

Standard: 13830-1, Main Generator Operation, is opened to Section 4.1.3.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 2. 4.1.3 Synchronizing the Main Generator to the Grid NOTES

  • Phone number for the System Operator is 8-506-6965.
  • Phone number for HVSH is 3702.

4.1.3.1 Perform the following:

a. Contact Switchyard Coordinator (or his designee).
b. Notify him that the Unit one Main Generator Output breaker will be closed.
c. Request Switchyard Coordinator (or his designee) to alert personnel working in the HVSW to stand clear.
d. Switchyard Coordinator (or his designee) has verified that personnel in HVSW are clear of area.

CUE: The Switchyard Coordinator has been contacted and personnel are clear of the HVSW.

Standard: Candidate ensures the Switchyard Coordinator is contacted and personnel are clear of the HVSW.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

4

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 3. 4.1.3.2 Select one PCB for synchronizing:

230kV PCB NORM SPLY TO BUS-1 161710 230kV PCB NORM SPLY TO GOS-WHT (3) 161810 CUE: Refer to Initial Conditions.

Standard: Candidate selects PCB 161710 for synchronizing.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 4. 4.1.3.3 Place the Synchronize Switch for the selected PCB in the R (running) position:

PCB 161710 1-SS-BUS 1 PCB 161810 1-SS-GOS WHT (3)

NOTE TO EXAMINER: The switch handle is normally removed.

Standard: Candidate places synchronizing switch 1-SS-BUS 1 in the R (running) position (turns handle clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 5. 4.1.3.4 Place Unit 1 Synchronize Switch 1-SS-U1 in the I (incoming) position.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: The switch handle is normally removed.

Standard: Candidate places synchronizing switch 1-SS-U1 in the I (incoming) position (turns handle counterclockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

5

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 6. 4.1.3.5 Verify rotation of 230 kV System Synchroscope 1SI-40125.

Standard: Candidate verifies 1SI-40125 is rotating (meter on vertical panel).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 7. 4.1.3.6 Using the 230 kV Voltage/Frequency Selector Switch 1-VS-US1:

a. Select the PCB to be closed and note the 230 kV System voltage (1EI-40124).

PCB-161710 BUS-1 PCB-161810 GOS-WHT (3)

Standard: Candidate selects Bus 1 on 1-VS-US1 and records the system voltage indicated on 1EI-40124 (meter on vertical panel).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 8. 4.1.3.6 Using the 230 kV Voltage/Frequency Selector Switch 1-VS-US1:

b. Select Unit 1 position and note the Unit 1 230 kV voltage (1EI-40124).

Standard: Candidate selects Unit 1 on 1-VS-US1 and records the system voltage indicated on 1EI-40124 (meter on vertical panel).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

6

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 9. 4.1.3.7 Use the Volts/VARs RAISE/LOWER Pushbutton on the COI display to slowly adjust Unit 1 230 kV voltage to read between zero and 1.0 kV higher than 230 kV System voltage for selected PCB.

CUE: CV request is noted.

Standard: Candidate adjusts 230 kV voltage using the Volts/VARs Raise / Lower pushbuttons on the COI to between 0 and 1.0 kV higher than 230 kV system voltage. NOTE: Due to the meter scale, adjustments may not be required.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 10. 4.1.3.8 Adjust Turbine speed using the INCREASE LOAD and DECREASE LOAD Pushbuttons until 1SI-40125 Pointer is rotating very slowly in FAST (clockwise) direction.

CUE: CV request is noted.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: 1SI-40125 is on the vertical panel. The INCREASE LOAD and DECREASE LOAD pushbuttons are left of the breaker controls, on the horizontal panel.

Standard: Candidate adjusts turbine speed using the INCREASE LOAD and/or DECREASE LOAD pushbuttons until 1SI-40125 is rotating slowly in the FAST (clockwise) direction. NOTE: Step 4.1.3.10.c. will direct a specific rotation speed of 10 - 15 seconds / rotation.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 11. 4.1.3.9 Make plant page announcement that the Unit One Main Generator Output breaker will be closed and to stand clear.

Standard: Candidate makes page announcement.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

7

___________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 12. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is required:
a. Position Synch Mode Sel Switch 1-TS-US1 to the PCB selected for synchronizing:

PCB-161710 PCB-161810 Standard: Candidate places 1-TS-US1 in the PCB-161710 position (turns switch counterclockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 13. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is required:

b. Monitor 230 kV System Synchroscope 1SI-40125.

Standard: Candidate monitors rotation of 1SI-40125.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 14. JPM 14. (not critical) 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is required:
c. Verify the Synchroscope Pointer is rotating very slowly (approximately 10 to 15 second rotation) in the FAST (clockwise) direction.

CUE: CV request is noted.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may use INCREASE LOAD and/or DECREASE LOAD pushbuttons to adjust 1SI-40125 rotation speed.

Standard: Candidate verifies 1SI-40125 is rotating very slowly (~ 10 to 15 second rotation) in the FAST (clockwise) direction by adjusting turbine speed using the INCREASE and/or DECREASE LOAD pushbuttons as necessary.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

8

9

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 15. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is desired:

d. When the Synchroscope Pointer nears the 12 o'clock (straight up) position, observe the red AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE light illuminates.

Standard: Candidate observes the AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE light lit near the 12 oclock position.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 16. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is desired:

NOTE Pushbutton should be depressed and held several seconds until the PCB closes.

e. As the Synchroscope Pointer passes the 11 oclock position, depress and release the Automatic Synchronizing Pushbutton for the selected PCB:

BUS-1 AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE PCB 161710 GOS-WHT (3) AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE PCB 161810 CUE: Simulator operator actuates Trigger 1 when PCB 161710 is closed.

Standard: Candidate depresses AUTO SYNC PERMISSIVE PCB 161710 when the synchroscope passes the 11 oclock position to close PCB 161710.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

10

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 17. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is desired:

f. Verify the selected PCB closes by observing the following:
  • Red light indication on the selected PCB handswitch
  • Current indicated on amp meter on each phase of Main Generator output or on IPC Computer Points:

IPC Point Amp Meter J2832 1II-40127 J2833 1II-40128 J2834 1II-40129 Standard: Candidate observes red light indication on PCB 161710 handswitch. Candidate checks current on each phase and determines NO current is indicated on Phase B (J2833 and/or 1II-40128)

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 18. 4.1.3.10 If automatic synchronizing is desired:
g. If current is NOT indicated on all three phases, then trip the Turbine and initiate 18011-C, Turbine Trip Below P-9.

CUE: The Shift Supervisor will initiate 18011-C.

Standard: Candidate trips the Main Turbine by depressing the red TRIP pushbutton.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

STOP TIME: __________

Terminating cue: Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.

11

Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-13830-HL19 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question: __________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Response: _________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________ ________

12

Initial Conditions: The unit is starting up following a refueling outage. The main turbine is at 1800 rpm and main generator field excitation has been established. The System Operator has given approval to synchronize the main generator to the grid.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Synchronize the Main Generator to the grid and assume 60 to 80 MWe in accordance with 13830-1, Main Generator Operation.

Perform the initial synchronization using PCB 161710.

Final JPM G NRC Job Performance Measure g Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-23005 Task Title: Manually Align Control Room Isolation on High Radiation JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13301-HL19 K/A

Reference:

061AA1.01 RO 3.6 SRO 3.6 Examinee: _________________________ NRC Examiner: ______________________

Facility Evaluator: ____________________ Date: ______________________________

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance ________________ Actual Performance ___________________

Classroom ______________ Simulator ______________ Plant _____________

Read to the examinee:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.

When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Initial Conditions: The unit is at 100% power.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Assume the duties of the Unit Operator. Correctly diagnose plant conditions and complete any required corrective actions.

1

Task Standard: Candidate acknowledges the Control Room high radiation alarm and identifies the failure of Control Room Isolation (CRI) to automatically actuate. The candidate then manually actuates and aligns Control Room Isolation using 13301-C, Section 4.4.1.

Required Materials: 13301-C, CBCR Normal HVAC and Emergency Filtration System (rev.

30) 17102-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for the Safety Related Display Console QRM2 (rev. 20.3)

General

References:

None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 12 minutes 2

SIMULATOR SETUP:

Reset to IC170 for HL-19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:

1. Reset to IC14 (MOL 100%)
2. Insert malfunction ES04A (Failure of Train A CRI)
3. Insert malfunction ES04B (Failure of Train B CRI)
4. Insert malfunctions RM12116 and RM12117 at 100% severity with one minute ramp on Trigger 1
5. Override BOTH SSMP TROUBLE alarms to OFF
6. Acknowledge / Reset alarms
7. Freeze simulator Setup time: 5 minutes 3

Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 1.

CUE: With Examiner concurrence, simulator operator actuates Trigger 1 to generate control room radiation alarms (1 minute ramp time).

START TIME: __________

Annunciators ALB05-B03, INTMD RADIATION ALARM, and ALB05-C03, HIGH RADIATION ALARM, are received.

Standard: Candidate acknowledges annunciators.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 2. 17102-1, "Annunciator Response Procedure for the Safety Related Display Console QRM2," is entered.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may reference 17005-1 for the ALB05 annunciators. 17005-1 will direct the candidate to 17102-1.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may look at the IPC or the SRDC to determine which radiation monitors are in alarm.

Standard: Candidate enters 17102-1, "Annunciator Response Procedure for the Safety Related Display Console QRM2," for windows B5 (1RE-12116) and/or C5 (1RE-12117).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

4

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 3.

NOTE For other than HIGH conditions see Pages 5 and 6.

1.0 PROBABLE CAUSE

1. Gaseous radioactivity in the incoming air.
2. Equipment malfunction.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may check the trends of 1RE-12116 and 1RE-12117 on the IPC to rule out equipment malfunction as a probable cause.

CUE: If requested, 2RE-12116 and 2RE-12117 are in high alarm.

Standard: Candidate reviews probable cause of the alarm.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 4. 2.0 AUTOMATIC ACTIONS Control Room and Technical Support Center Ventilation switches to the Post Accident Mode.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may attempt to actuate CRI using handswitches 1-HS-12195A and 1-HS-12196A (clockwise to ACTUATE) as a verification of an automatic action that should have occurred.

Standard: Candidate determines Control Room and Technical Support Center Ventilation did NOT switch to the Post Accident Mode by checking 1-HS-12195A (green light ON, red light OFF) and 1-HS-12196A (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

5

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 5. 3.0 INITIAL OPERATOR ACTIONS NONE Standard: N/A Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 6. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS

1. Verify a Control Room Filtration Unit is running. If not, manually start per 13301-C, CBCR Normal HVAC and Emergency Filtration System, section for manually initiating Control Room Isolation.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may attempt to actuate CRI at this time using handswitches 1-HS-12195A and 1-HS-12196A (turned clockwise to ACTUATE), since this is a verify step.

Standard: Candidate determines Control Room Isolation did NOT actuate and enters 13301-C, CBCR Normal HVAC and Emergency Filtration System, Section

4.4.1. Comment

____________________________________________________________________________

6

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 7.

NOTES

  • This section is written using Unit 1, Unit 2, and Common component designations. Some Unit 2 designations are shown in parentheses.
  • If the TRAIN B CR FLTR UNIT SUPPLY FAN fails to start on actuation, the Train A Fan will start after a 30 second time delay.
  • The TSC Air Filtration System will automatically start on manual initiation of Control Room Isolation.

ALB05-D05 GROUP 4 MONITOR LIGHT COMP OFF NORM ALB39-D05 480V SWGR ANB30 TROUBLE ALB50-B03 CR HI/LO DIFF PRESS 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:

a. Place either CR ISO MANUAL ACTUATION Switch in ACTUATE:
  • 1-HS-12195A [A4] (TRAIN A) to ACTUATE.
  • 1-HS-12196A [A6] (TRAIN B) to ACTUATE.

CUE: If requested, The control room has been notified of the incoming annunciators.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: The simulator booth operator will acknowledge the annunciators in the at-the-controls area (those not on the QHVC panel).

Standard: Candidate reviews NOTES and rotates 1-HS-12195A and 1-HS-12196A to the ACTUATE position (green lights ON, red lights OFF) and determines CRI does NOT occur.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

7

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 8. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
b. Verify that TRAIN B CR FLTR UNIT SUPPLY FAN (LEAD), 1-1531-N7-002 [B10] starts.

Standard: Candidate starts Train B Control Room Filter Unit Supply Fan (lead) by placing 1-HS-12121 to START (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 9. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:

c. Verify that TRAIN A CR FLTR UNIT SUPPLY FAN (STANDBY), 1-1531-N7-001 [B8] does NOT start.

Standard: Candidate determines Train A Control Room Filter Unit Supply Fan (standby) is not running by checking 1-HS-12120 (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 10. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
d. Verify that both KIT TOIL + CONF RM EXH ISO DMPRs close:

A-HV-12162 [D6], TRAIN A, CLOSED A-HV-12163 [D7], TRAIN B, CLOSED Standard: Candidate closes exhaust isolation dampers by placing A-HV-12162 and A-HV-12163 to CLOSE (green lights ON, red lights OFF). NOTE: These dampers are in series, so closing either damper meets the critical step.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

8

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 11. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:

NOTES

  • All positions in Step 4.4.1.1.e may be verified in any order.
e. Verify the following damper positions:

(1) CR NORM AIR SUPPLY ISO DMPRs:

1-HV-12146 [C6], TRAIN A CLOSED 2-HV-12146 [C6], TRAIN A CLOSED 1-HV-12147 [C7], TRAIN B CLOSED 2-HV-12147 [C7], TRAIN B CLOSED CUE: The Unit 2 UO verified 2-HV-12146 and 2-HV-12147 are closed.

Standard: Candidate closes normal supply isolation damper by placing 1-HV-12146 to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF) and checks 1-HV-12147 closed (green light ON, red light OFF). Candidate requests Unit 2 verify closed 2-HV-12146 and 2-HV-12147 (cue provided).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

9

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 12. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:
e. Verify the following damper positions:

(2) CR NORM AIR RTN ISO DMPRs:

1-HV-12149 [E6], TRAIN A CLOSED 2-HV-12149 [E6], TRAIN A CLOSED 1-HV-12148 [E7], TRAIN B CLOSED 2-HV-12148 [E7], TRAIN B CLOSED CUE: The Unit 2 UO verified 2-HV-12149 and 2-HV-12148 are closed.

Standard: Candidate closes normal return isolation damper by placing 1-HV-12149 to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF) and checks 1-HV-12148 closed (green light ON, red light OFF). Candidate requests Unit 2 verify closed 2-HV-12149 and 2-HV-12148 (cue provided).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 13. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:

f. Verify the following for the Filter Unit that started:

(1) If Train B Filter Unit, 1-1531-N7-002 [B10] started:

(a) Verify that the Train B CR FILTER UNIT OUTLET AIR DMPR, 1-HV-12129 [C11] OPEN.

Standard: Candidate verifies 1-HV-12129 is open on 1-HS-12129 (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

10

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 14. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:

f. Verify the following for the Filter Unit that started:

(1) If Train B Filter Unit, 1-1531-N7-002 [B10] started:

(b) Verify that the Train B CR RTN FAN INLET AIR DMPR on the running train, 1-HV-12131 [D10] OPEN.

Standard: Candidate verifies 1-HV-12131 is open on 1-HS-12131 (green light OFF, red light ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 15. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:

f. Verify the following for the Filter Unit that started:

(1) If Train B Filter Unit, 1-1531-N7-002 [B10] started:

(c) Verify that the Train B CR NORMAL HVAC UNIT INTAKE ISO DMPR on the running train, A-HV-12152 [B7]

CLOSED.

Standard: Candidate verifies A-HV-12152 is closed on 1-HS-12152 (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 16. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:

f. Verify the following for the Filter Unit that started:

(2) If Train A Filter Unit, 1-1531-N7-001 [B8] started:

Standard: Candidate determines Steps 4.4.1.1.f.(2)(a) - (c) are N/A.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

11

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 17. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:

g. Verify that the CR NORM AC UNIT SUPPLY FANs shut down:
  • A-1531-A7-001 [C4] STOPPED
  • A-1531-A7-002 [C5] STOPPED Standard: Candidate checks Normal Supply Fans are STOPPED on A-HS-12143 and A-HS-12144 (green lights ON, red lights OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 18. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:

h. Verify that the CR NORM AC UNIT EXH FANs shut down:
  • A-1531-B7-009 [D4] STOPPED
  • A-1531-B7-010 [D5] STOPPED Standard: Candidate checks Normal Supply Fans are STOPPED on A-HS-12150 and A-HS-12151 (green lights ON, red lights OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

12

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 19. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:

i. Verify that the KITCH TOILET AND CONF RM EXH FAN, A-HS-12164, in the Shift AA's Office, stops.

CUE: The Control Building Operator reports A-HS-12164s green light is LIT and the fan has stopped.

Standard: Candidate checks that the Kitchen, Toilet, and Conference Room exhaust fan is stopped.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 20. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:

NOTE If it is necessary to isolate outside air to the Control Room in the next step due to smoke or toxic gas intake, both the Unit 1 and Unit 2 dampers should be shut.

j. If Control Room outside air is restricted for Control Room habitability due to smoke or toxic gas intake, THEN close the CR Outside Air Supply Dampers for BOTH Units:

CUE: There is no indication of smoke or toxic gas.

Standard: Candidate determines this step is N/A.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

13

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 21. 4.4.1.1 Manually initiate Control Room Isolation on Unit One:

k. Verify proper operation of the TSC Air Filtration System per 13303-C, Technical Support Center and Central Alarm Station HVAC Systems.

CUE: An extra operator will complete the procedure.

Standard: N/A Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

STOP TIME: __________

Terminating cue: Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.

14

Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-13301-HL19 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question: __________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Response: _________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________ ________

15

Initial Conditions: The unit is at 100% power.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Assume the duties of the Unit Operator. Correctly diagnose plant conditions and complete any required corrective actions.

Final JPM H NRC Job Performance Measure h Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-32007 Task Title: Respond to High Containment Radiation JPM No: V-NRC-JP-19253-HL19 K/A

Reference:

WE16EA1.1 RO 3.1 SRO 3.2 Examinee: __________________________ NRC Examiner: ______________________

Facility Evaluator: ____________________ Date: ______________________________

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance ________________ Actual Performance ___________________

Classroom ______________ Simulator ______________ Plant _____________

Read to the examinee:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues.

When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Initial Conditions: Unit 1 was at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.

After transition to 19010-C, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, CSFSTs indicate a yellow path for Containment.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Perform 19253-C, Response to High Containment Radiation Level.

1

Task Standard: Candidate manually aligns containment ventilation dampers and starts containment Pre-Access Filter Units per 19253-C, Response to High Containment Radiation Level, and 13125-1, Containment Purge System.

Required Materials: 19253-C, Response to High Containment Radiation Level (rev. 9) 13125-1, Containment Purge System (rev. 54)

General

References:

None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 12 minutes 2

SIMULATOR SETUP:

Reset to IC167 for HL-19 NRC Exam Simulator Setup from Scratch:

1. Reset to IC14 (100% MOL)
2. Insert malfunctions ES19A and ES19B (failure of CVI)
3. Override handswitches 1HS-40004, 1HS-40005, 1HS-40006, 1HS-40009, 1HS-40010, and 1HS-40011 to NORMAL
4. Insert RC04A with a Final Value of 100%
5. Manually trip the reactor and actuate SI
6. Insert RM06 for high radiation in containment
7. Place 1HS-2548 and 1HS-2549, Piping Penetration Units, to START
8. Allow 1RE-002 and 1RE-003 to exceed 750 mrem/hour
9. Acknowledge / Reset alarms and freeze simulator Setup time: 15 minutes 3

Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.

___________________________________________________________________________

START TIME: __________

JPM 1. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:

1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:

CVI MLB indication

-OR-Reference ATTACHMENT 1 as necessary NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may attempt to actuate CVI using CIA/CVI handswitch 1HS-40006 or 1HS-40009, but CVI will not actuate.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may align components in any order.

JPM is written in the Attachment 1 order (copy is at the end of the JPM).

The individual dampers and valves to be operated are listed in the subsequent steps of this JPM.

Standard: Candidates checks CVI MLB indication on the QMCB and recognizes that a CVI did not occur.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 2. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:

1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:

HV-12975 CNMT AIR RAD MON SPLY ISO IRC HV-12976 CNMT AIR RAD MON SPLY ISO ORC Standard: Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV-12975 and 1HV-12976 on the QPCP to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF). NOTE: These valves are in series, so closing either valve meets the critical step.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

4

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 3. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:

1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:

HV-12977 CNMT AIR RAD MON RTN ISO ORC HV-12978 CNMT AIR RAD MON RTN ISO IRC Standard: Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV-12977 and 1HV-12978 on the QPCP to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF). NOTE: These valves are in series, so closing either valve meets the critical step.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 4. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:

1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:

HV-2626A CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV-MAIN HV-2627A CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV-MAIN Standard: Candidate checks the handswitch status for 1HV-2626A and 1HV-2627A on the QHVC. NOTE: These dampers are de-energized closed when the unit is at power and diverse indication is available on the MLBs or IPC.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 5. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:

1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:

HV-2626B CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV-MINI HV-2627B CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV-MINI Standard: Candidate checks the handswitches for 1HV-2626B and 1HV-2627B on the QHVC indicate CLOSED (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

5

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 6. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:

1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:

HV-2628A CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV-MAIN HV-2629A CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV-MAIN Standard: Candidate checks the handswitch status for 1HV-2628A and 1HV-2629A on the QHVC. NOTE: These dampers are de-energized closed when the unit is at power and diverse indication is available on the MLBs or IPC.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 7. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:

1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:

HV-2628B CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV-MINI HV-2629B CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV-MINI Standard: Candidate checks the handswitches for 1HV-2628B and 1HV-2629B on the QHVC indicate CLOSED (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 8. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:

1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:

HV-2624A CTB POST LOCA PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV HV-2624B CTB POST LOCA PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV Standard: Candidate checks the handswitches for 1HV-2624A and 1HV-2624B on the QHVC indicate CLOSED (green light ON, red light OFF).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

6

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 9. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:

1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:

HV-12604 PIPING PEN RM OUTLET ISO DMPR HV-12607 PIPING PEN RM OUTLET ISO DMPR Standard: Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV-12604 and 1HV-12607 on the QHVC to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF). NOTE: These dampers are in series, so closing either damper meets the critical step.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 10. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:

1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:

HV-12605 PIPING PEN RM INLET ISO DMPR HV-12606 PIPING PEN RM INLET ISO DMPR Standard: Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV-12605 and 1HV-12606 on the QHVC to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF). NOTE: These dampers are in series, so closing either damper meets the critical step.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

7

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 11. Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:

1.a. Dampers and Valves - CLOSED:

HV-12596 RECYCLE HOLD-UP TANK ISO VENT VLV HV-12597 RECYCLE HOLD-UP TANK ISO VENT VLV NOTE TO EXAMINER: Attachment 1 is complete at this time.

Standard: Candidate places the handswitches for 1HV-12596 and 1HV-12597 on the QHVC to CLOSE (green light ON, red light OFF). NOTE: These valves are in series, so closing either valve meets the critical step.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 12. 2. Check Piping Penetration Filtration and Exhaust Units - BOTH RUNNING.

Standard: Candidate checks the Piping Penetration Filtration and Exhaust Units are running using handswitches 1HS-2548 and 1HS-2549 on the QHVC (green lights OFF, red lights ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 13. 3. Place the Containment Preaccess Filter units in service by initiating 13125-1, Containment Purge System.

Standard: Candidate selects Section 4.2 of 13125-1 to place the Containment Preaccess Filter units in service.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

8

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 14.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: The following steps are from 13125-1, Containment Purge System.

4.2 System Operation 4.2.1 Preaccess Filter Unit Operation NOTE The Containment Coordinator should be notified prior to start if filters are to be started as part of outage activities.

4.2.1.1 As directed by SS, start one OR both Preaccess Filter Unit Fans:

  • 1-HS-2620 for Fan 1 (A30)
  • 1-HS-2621 for Fan 2 (C30)

Cue: The Shift Supervisor directs the start of both Preaccess Filter Unit Fans.

Standard: Candidate starts both Preaccess Filter Unit Fans by placing handswitches 1-HS-2620 and 1-HS-2621 to START (green lights OFF, red lights ON).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 15. 4.2.1.2 WHEN containment airborne cleanup is no longer required, stop the Preaccess Filter Unit Fans:

  • 1-HS-2620 for Fan 1 (A30)
  • 1-HS-2621 for Fan 2 (C30)

Standard: N/A Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

9

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 16.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: The following steps are from 19253-C, Response to High Containment Radiation Level.

4. Notify TSC of Containment radiation level to obtain recommended action.

Cue: If requested, The Shift Supervisor will notify the TSC of containment radiation levels.

Standard: Candidate ensures the TSC is notified of radiation levels.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 17. 5. Return to procedure and step in effect.

Standard: Candidate notifies the Shift Supervisor of procedure completion.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

STOP TIME: __________

Terminating cue: Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.

10

Attachment 1 CONTAINMENT VENTILATION ISOLATION PLANT VALVE COMPUTER (LOCATION)

POINT UNIT 1 UNIT 2 DESCRIPTION ZD9044 HV-12975 HV-12975 *CNMT AIR RAD MON SPLY ISO IRC (CNMT) (CNMT)

ZD9046 HV-12976 HV-12976 *CNMT AIR RAD MON SPLY ISO ORC (AB-B08) (AB-B131)

ZD9048 HV-12977 HV-12977 *CNMT AIR RAD MON RTN ISO ORC (AB-B08) (AB-B131)

ZD9050 HV-12978 HV-12978 *CNMT AIR RAD MON RTN ISO IRC (CNMT) (CNMT)

ZD9204 HV-2626A HV-2626A **CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV-(CNMT) (CNMT) MAIN ZD9208 HV-2627A HV-2627A **CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV-(EB-125) (EB-125) MAIN ZD9206 HV-2626B HV-2626B **CTB NORM PURGE SPLY IRC ISO VLV-(CNMT) (CNMT) MINI ZD9210 HV-2627B HV-2627B **CTB NORM PURGE SPLY ORC ISO VLV-(EB-125) (EB-125) MINI ZD9212 HV-2628A HV-2628A **CTB NORM PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV-(CNMT) (CNMT) MAIN ZD9216 HV-2629A HV-2629A **CTB NORM PURGE EXH ORC ISO VLV-(EB-117) (EB-116) MAIN ZD9214 HV-2628B HV-2628B **CTB NORM PURGE EXH IRC ISO VLV-MINI (CNMT) (CNMT)

ZD9218 HV-2629B HV-2629B **CTB MINI PURGE EXH ORC ISO VLV-MINI (EB-117) (EB-116)

ZD9236 HV-2624A HV-2624A **CTB POST LOCA PURGE EXH IRC ISO (CNMT) (CNMT) VLV ZD9238 HV-2624B HV-2624B **CTB POST LOCA PURGE EXH IRC ISO (CNMT) (CNMT) VLV ZD9583 HV-12604 HV-12604 **PIPING PEN RM OUTLET ISO DMPR (AB-209) (AB-220)

ZD9587 HV-12605 HV-12605 **PIPING PEN RM INLET ISO DMPR (AB-209) (AB-220)

ZD9589 HV-12606 HV-12606 **PIPING PEN RM INLET ISO DMPR (AB-209) (AB-220)

ZD9585 HV-12607 HV-12607 **PIPING PEN RM OUTLET ISO DMPR (AB-209) (AB-220)

NONE*** HV-12596 HV-12596 **RECYCLE HOLD-UP TANK ISO VENT VLV (AB-C83 Above (AB-C49 Above Block Out To Tank) Block Out To Tank)

NONE*** HV-12597 HV-12597 **RECYCLE HOLD-UP TANK ISO VENT VLV (AB-C83 Above (AB-C49 Above Block Out To Tank) Block Out To Tank)

  • HANDSWITCH ON QPCP
    • HANDSWITCH ON QHVC
      • USE QHVC INDICATION IF AVAILABLE OR LOCALLY VERIFY 11

Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-19253-HL19 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question: __________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Response: _________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________ _________

12

Initial Conditions: Unit 1 was at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.

After transition to 19010-C, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, CSFSTs indicate a yellow path for Containment.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Perform 19253-C, Response to High Containment Radiation Level.

Final JPM I NRC Job Performance Measure i Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-60040 Task Title: Place Train B Battery Charger 1BD1CA in Service JPM No: V-NRC-JP-13405-HL19 K/A

Reference:

058AA1.03 RO 3.1 SRO 3.3 Examinee: __________________________ NRC Examiner: ______________________

Facility Evaluator: ____________________ Date: ______________________________

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance ________________ Actual Performance ___________________

Classroom ______________ Simulator ______________ Plant _____________

Read to the examinee:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and will provide initiating cues.

When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

The recommended starting point for this JPM is adjacent to the main HP Control Point. The candidates will be sequestered in the TSC or OSC.

Initial Conditions: Unit 1 experienced a loss of 1BD1 due to a fault on the bus, and the crew is performing the actions of 18034-1, Loss of Class 1E 125 VDC Power.

The faulted load was removed from 1BD1.

Battery 1BD1B has been restored to service.

No B Train Battery Charger is in service.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to place Battery Charger 1BD1CA in service using 13405-1, 125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System.

1

Task Standard: Candidate places Battery Charger 1BD1CA in service using 13405-1.

Required Materials: 13405-1, 125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System (rev. 48)

Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 12 minutes 2

Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.

___________________________________________________________________________

START TIME: __________

JPM 1. Section 4.1.4 of 13405-1, 125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System, is selected to place Train B battery charger 1BD1CA in service.

Standard: Candidate selects Section 4.1.4 of 13405-1, 125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 2. 4.1.4 Placing Train B Battery Charger 1BD1CA or 1BD1CB in Service NOTES

  • Both Battery Chargers should be in service when the batteries are tied to the bus.

Load will be equalized by load sharing circuitry.

  • Load sharing is verified by observing both chargers output current (Amps) indicating some nominal value.
  • The SS should be notified if amps are not indicated on BOTH chargers.
  • ALB34-B04 may be received while performing this section.

CUE: If requested, Shift Supervisor has been notified.

4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:

a. Check if the Battery Breaker 1BD1-01 is closed. If the Battery Breaker is not closed, do not start a second Battery Charger.

CUE: If requested, CV request noted.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: The breaker should be closed during the JPM, but if not, cue with the indications listed below.

Standard: Candidate reviews NOTES and checks closed 1BD1-01 using available indications (on HS-1BD101 red light ON, green light OFF, red flag visible or CLOSED flag visible on face of breaker).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

3

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 3. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:

b. At charger 1BD1CA verify:
  • Battery Charger AC Input, open
  • DC Output Breaker, open CUE: Indicate breaker switches are in the OFF position (down).

NOTE TO EXAMINER: The breakers were left in the open position when the charger was previously removed from service.

Standard: Candidate checks Battery Charger AC Input and DC Output Breakers are open (switches in the OFF position).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 4. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:

c. Verify the Battery Charger 1BD1CA 480 VAC SUPPLY Breaker 1BBA-04 is CLOSED.

CUE: Indicate breaker switch is in the ON position (up).

NOTE TO EXAMINER: 1BBA is on Level 3 of the Control Building. The breaker was left in the closed position when the charger was previously removed from service.

Standard: Candidate checks breaker 1BBA-04 is closed (switch in the ON position).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

4

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 5. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:

d. IF Battery Charger 1BD1CB is already in service on switchgear 1BD1, verify the following:
  • Battery Charger 1BD1CB Float lamp is illuminated.

CUE: If 1BD1CB status is requested, Refer to initial conditions.

CUE: If 1BD1CB Float lamp is checked, Lamp is NOT illuminated.

Standard: Candidate checks Battery Charger 1BD1CB is not in service or checks Float lamp not illuminated.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 6. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:

e. Verify 125 VDC Switchgear 1BD1 bus voltage is less than or equal to 135 VDC.

CUE: When candidate checks 1BD1 BUS VOLTS meter in the POS TO NEG switch position, indicate 130 VDC.

If in the POS TO GND or NEG TO GND switch position, indicate 65 VDC.

Standard: Candidate checks 1BD1 bus voltage is less than or equal to 135 VDC on BUS VOLTS meter.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

5

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 7. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
f. Open Battery Charger 1BD1CA 125 VDC Switchgear Breaker, 1BD1-07 using handswitch HS-1BD107.

CUE: If performed correctly, for HS-1BD107 indicate flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.

Green tripped indicator is visible on the breaker.

Standard: Candidate opens breaker 1BD1-07 by turning handswitch HS-1BD107 to TRIP (counterclockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 8. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
g. Close Battery Charger 1BD1CA AC Input Breaker.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: When closed, breaker is in the ON (up) position.

CUE: After closing breaker, if candidate checks AC Available lamp, Lamp is illuminated.

Standard: Candidate closes 1BD1CA AC Input Breaker by placing it in the ON (up) position.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

6

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 9. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:

h. Check AC Available lamp illuminated.

CUE: Lamp is illuminated.

Standard: Candidate checks AC Available lamp is illuminated.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 10. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:

i. Check Float Lamp illuminated.

CUE: Lamp is illuminated.

Standard: Candidate checks Float lamp is illuminated.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

7

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 11. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:

NOTE The charger output voltage will overshoot slightly, but will eventually stabilize near float value.

j. Verify proper Battery Charger operation by observing the charger voltmeter has stabilized between 130 and 135 VDC.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: The charger voltmeter is the meter on the right. It has a digital number readout and illuminated bars around the outside similar to a speedometer indicating voltage (the same value on the bar as the digital number).

CUE: When candidate checks charger voltmeter, indicate 134 VDC.

Standard: Candidate checks charger voltmeter stabilizes between 130 and 135 VDC.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 12. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:
k. Close Battery Charger 1BD1CA DC Output Breaker.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: When closed, breaker is in the ON (up) position.

Standard: Candidate closes 1BD1CA DC Output Breaker by placing it in the ON (up) position.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

8

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 13. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:

NOTE If the Closing Springs were not charged, they would have begun charging when Battery Charger 1BD1CA DC Output Breaker was closed.

l. If applicable, verify Charging Spring Motor stopped and charging spring indication on breaker 1BD1-07 indicates Charged.

CUE: When candidate looks at breaker 1BD1-07 closing spring indication, Charging spring motor has stopped and the Charged indicator is visible.

Standard: Candidate verifies 1BD1-07 closing springs are charged by checking Charged indicator.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 14. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:

m. Verify the battery charger voltmeter has stabilized between 130 and 135 VDC.

CUE: When candidate checks charger voltmeter, indicate 134 VDC.

Standard: Candidate checks charger voltmeter stabilizes between 130 and 135 VDC.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

9

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 15. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:

CAUTION Closing 1BD1-07 in the next step prior to the Charging Spring Motor stopping and charging spring indication on breaker 1BD1-07 indicating Charged, may result in an incorrect charging spring indication on the breaker. If this occurs the charger must be removed from service and the process to place it in service repeated.

n. Close 1BD1-07 Battery Charger 125 VDC Switchgear Breaker using handswitch HS-1BD107.

CUE: If performed correctly, for HS-1BD107 indicate flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF. Red closed indicator is visible on the breaker.

Standard: Candidate closes breaker 1BD1-07 by turning handswitch HS-1BD107 to CLOSE (clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

10

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 16. 4.1.4.1 To place charger 1BD1CA in service, perform the following:

NOTE If initial battery voltage is low due to discharging for some period, it may require several minutes before voltage increases to greater than 130 VDC.

o. Verify the 125 VDC switchgear voltage increases to greater than 130 VDC as observed on the 125 VDC Switchgear 1BD1 Voltmeter. (IV REQUIRED). Document on Checklist 1.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Checklist 1 is used for recording Independent Verifications and is included in the candidates procedure.

CUE: IV request noted.

CUE: When candidate checks 1BD1 BUS VOLTS meter in the POS TO NEG switch position, indicate 135 VDC.

If in the POS TO GND or NEG TO GND switch position, indicate 65 VDC.

Standard: Candidate checks that 1BD1 voltmeter indicates greater than 130 VDC.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

STOP TIME: __________

Terminating cue: Student returns initiating cue sheet.

11

Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-13405-HL19 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question: __________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Response: _________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _______________________________ _________

12

Initial Conditions: Unit 1 experienced a loss of 1BD1 due to a fault on the bus, and the crew is performing the actions of 18034-1, Loss of Class 1E 125 VDC Power.

The faulted load was removed from 1BD1.

Battery 1BD1B has been restored to service.

No B Train Battery Charger is in service.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to place Battery Charger 1BD1CA in service using 13405-1, 125 VDC 1E Electrical Distribution System.

Final JPM J NRC Job Performance Measure j Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-60047 Task Title: Locally Energize Train A Switchgear and Loads Following Local Diesel Start JPM No: V-NRC-JP-18038-HL19 K/A

Reference:

068AA1.21 RO 3.9 SRO 4.1 Examinee: __________________________ NRC Examiner: ______________________

Facility Evaluator: ____________________ Date: ______________________________

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance _______________ Actual Performance __________________

Classroom _______________ Simulator ________________ Plant ____________

Read to the examinee:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and will provide initiating cues.

When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

The recommended starting point for this JPM is adjacent to the main HP Control Point. The candidates will be sequestered in the TSC or OSC.

Initial Conditions: The Unit 2 control room has been evacuated due to a fire, and the crew has entered 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels.

A Safety Injection has occurred.

Local control has been established at the Shutdown Panels.

Local control has NOT been established at 2AA02, and it is de-energized.

Operators have locally started DG2A using 18038-2, Attachment B, Steps 1 thru 11.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to continue restoration of Unit 2, Train A, 4160 VAC and 480 VAC buses and loads by performing Steps 12, 13, and 14 of 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels, Attachment B.

1

Task Standard: Candidate locally energizes Unit 2, Train A, 4160 VAC and 480 VAC buses and starts two NSCW pumps and one AFW pump using Attachment B of 18038-2.

Required Materials: 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels, Attachment B (rev.

26.5)

General

References:

None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 12 minutes 2

Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.

___________________________________________________________________________

START TIME: __________

JPM 1. Sheet 2 of 10 from 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels, Attachment B, is selected.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Sheet 6 of 10 in Attachment B is for loading 2BA03 and also contains steps with the same numbering.

Standard: Candidate selects Sheet 2 of 10 from 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels, Attachment B.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 2.

NOTES

  • Undervoltage protection on 1E 4160V switchgear is bypassed when in local operation.
  • The generator output current should be monitored not to exceed a steady state current of 1214 amps to prevent DG overloading while operating from the local control panel.

At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):

12.a. Transfer HS-2AA0205B to LOCAL.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Breaker would already be open due to the U/V on the bus.

CUE: If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, HS-2AA0205A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.

Standard: Candidate places HS-2AA0205B in LOCAL (clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

3

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 3. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):

12.b. Place HS-2AA0205A, PREF NORM INCM BRKR to TRIP.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Breaker would already be open due to the U/V on the bus, but operating the handswitch is expected.

CUE: HS-2AA0205A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.

Standard: Candidate places HS-2AA0205A to TRIP (counterclockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 4. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):

12.c. Transfer HS-2AA0219B control to LOCAL.

CUE: If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, HS-2AA0219A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.

Standard: Candidate places HS-2AA0219B in LOCAL (clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

4

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 5. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):

12.d. Place HS-2AA0219A, DIESEL GEN BRKR to CLOSE.

CUE: When handswitch is taken to CLOSE, HS-2AA0219A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.

Standard: Candidate places HS-2AA0219A to CLOSE (clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 6. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):

13.a. Transfer HS-2AA0210B to LOCAL.

CUE: If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, HS-2AA0210A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.

Standard: Candidate places HS-2AA0210B in LOCAL (clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

5

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 7. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):

13.b. Place HS-2AA0210A to CLOSE.

CUE: When handswitch is taken to CLOSE, HS-2AA0210A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.

Standard: Candidate places HS-2AA0210A to CLOSE (clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 8. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):

13.c. Transfer HS-2AA0220B to LOCAL.

CUE: If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, HS-2AA0220A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.

Standard: Candidate places HS-2AA0210B in LOCAL (clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

6

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 9. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):

13.d. Place HS-2AA0220A to CLOSE.

CUE: When handswitch is taken to CLOSE, HS-2AA0220A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.

Standard: Candidate places HS-2AA0220A to CLOSE (clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 10. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):

13.e. Transfer HS-2AA0221B to LOCAL.

CUE: If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, HS-2AA0221A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.

Standard: Candidate places HS-2AA0221B in LOCAL (clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

7

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 11. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):

13.f. Place HS-2AA0221A to CLOSE.

CUE: When handswitch is taken to CLOSE, HS-2AA0221A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.

Standard: Candidate places HS-2AA0221A to CLOSE (clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 12. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):

13.g. Transfer HS-2AA0222B to LOCAL.

CUE: If requested after handswitch is taken to LOCAL, HS-2AA0222A handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.

Standard: Candidate places HS-2AA0222B in LOCAL (clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

8

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 13. At 2AA02 local control panel (CB-A16):

NOTE Pressing the Safety Injection Trip Override pushbutton may be required to perform the next step.

13.h. Place HS-2AA0222A to CLOSE.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Pushbutton is above HS-2AA0219B and is labeled SAFETY INJ TRIP OVERRIDE. The pushbutton must be depressed in order to close breaker 2AA02-22 (stub bus).

CUE: If SI status requested, Refer to Initial Conditions.

CUE: After override pushbutton is depressed and handswitch is taken to CLOSE, HS-2AA0222A handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.

Standard: Candidate depresses the Safety Injection Trip Override pushbutton and then places HS-2AA0222A to CLOSE (clockwise). NOTE: Pushbutton does not have to be held in while closing HS-2AA0222A.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

9

____________________________________________________________________________

14.a. Start two Nuclear Service Water pumps on the affected bus.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Shutdown Panel A control switches have already been taken to LOCAL (initial conditions), so operation of the LOCAL /

REMOTE handswitches is not required. Candidate may start any two Train A NSCW pumps (pumps #1, 3, and 5).

CUE: BEFORE pump is started, Handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.

CUE: AFTER handswitch is taken to START, Handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.

Standard: Candidate starts two Train A NSCW pumps using handswitches 2HS-1602B, 2HS-1634B, and/or 2HS-1608B.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

10

____________________________________________________________________________

14.b. Start AFW pump on the affected bus.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Shutdown Panel A control switches have already been taken to LOCAL (initial conditions), so operation of the LOCAL /

REMOTE handswitches is not required.

CUE: BEFORE pump is started, Handswitch flag is green, red light is OFF, and green light is ON.

CUE: AFTER handswitch is taken to START, Handswitch flag is red, red light is ON, and green light is OFF.

Standard: Candidate starts Train A AFW pump using handswitch 2HS-5131B.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

STOP TIME: __________

Terminating cue: Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.

11

Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-18038-HL19 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question: __________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Response: _________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _____________________________ ___________

12

Initial Conditions: The Unit 2 control room has been evacuated due to a fire, and the crew has entered 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels.

A Safety Injection has occurred.

Local control has been established at the Shutdown Panels.

Local control has NOT been established at 2AA02, and it is de-energized.

Operators have locally started DG2A using 18038-2, Attachment B, Steps 1 thru 11.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to continue restoration of Unit 2, Train A, 4160 VAC and 480 VAC buses and loads by performing Steps 12, 13, and 14 of 18038-2, Operation from Remote Shutdown Panels, Attachment B.

Final JPM K NRC Job Performance Measure k Facility: Vogtle Task No: V-LO-TA-46004 Task Title: Respond to 1-RE-0018 Alarm During a Liquid Radwaste Release JPM No: V-NRC-JP-17213-HL19 K/A

Reference:

059AA2.05 RO 3.6 SRO 3.9 Examinee: __________________________ NRC Examiner: ______________________

Facility Evaluator: ____________________ Date: ______________________________

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance _______________ Actual Performance __________________

Classroom _____________ Simulator _____________ Plant ____________

Read to the examinee:

I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and will provide initiating cues.

When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

The recommended starting point for this JPM is adjacent to the main HP Control Point. The candidates will be sequestered in the TSC or OSC.

Initial Conditions: Unit 1 is performing a liquid radwaste release from Waste Monitor Tank #10.

Annunciator ALB05-A01, LIQUID PROCESS PANEL TROUBLE, is in alarm in the Unit 1 Control Room.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Respond to the Unit 1 Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP) and take all appropriate actions per 17213-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP).

1

Task Standard: Candidate determines that 1-RE-0018 is in high alarm and 1-RV-0018 did not automatically isolate as expected, so the candidate manually isolates the liquid radioactive release.

Required Materials: Cue Sheets for PLPP Rad Monitor reading and Annunciator Window 17213-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP) (pages 1-4, 10) (rev. 10.1)

RWP reviewed and proper dosimetry for an RCA entry General

References:

None Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 10 minutes 2

Performance Information Critical steps denoted with an asterisk and bolded.

___________________________________________________________________________

START TIME: __________

JPM 1. Candidate reports to the Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP) to determine cause of alarm.

CUE: When candidate looks at the PLPP annunciator windows, provide Cue Sheet showing window A04, WATER DISCHARGE LINE HI RAD, is illuminated.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: When candidate locates procedure 17213-1 at the PLPP, provide the exam copy for use.

Standard: Candidate identifies cause of alarm on the PLPP.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 2. 17213-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP), is entered for annunciator window A04.

Standard: Candidate enters 17213-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP), for annunciator window A04.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

3

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 3. 1.0 PROBABLE CAUSE Radiation level above setpoint.

CUE: If candidate looks at the PLPP rad monitor reading, 1RI-0018, provide Cue Sheet showing digital readout.

CUE: Though not expected, if candidate looks at the DPM (at end of hallway, not at PLPP), provide Cue Sheet showing DPM readout and red HIGH alarm light lit.

Standard: Candidate reviews probable cause for alarm.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 4. 2.0 AUTOMATIC ACTIONS Valve 1-RV-0018 closes.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Candidate may attempt to close 1-RV-0018 at this time as a verification of an automatic action that should have occurred.

CUE: If candidate checks 1-RV-0018 handswitch status, Red light ON, green light OFF.

CUE: If candidate attempts to close 1-RV-0018 with the handswitch, Red light ON, green light OFF.

CUE: If candidate attempts to manually close 1-RV-0018 (locally), Valve will not close.

Standard: Candidate checks 1-HS-0018 indication and determines 1-RV-0018 is open.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

4

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 5. 3.0 INITIAL OPERATOR ACTIONS NONE Standard: N/A Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 6. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS

1. Verify 1-RV-0018 is closed and the release stopped using 1-HS-0018 on PLPP.

CUE: When candidate checks 1-RV-0018 handswitch status, Red light ON, green light OFF.

CUE: When candidate attempts to close 1-RV-0018 with the handswitch, Red light ON, green light OFF.

Standard: Candidate places 1-HS-0018 in CLOSE to isolate the release and determines the valve will not close.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

5

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 7. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
2. IF 1-RV-0018 will NOT close, verify closed the following:
a. 1-1901-U4-175.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Valves would NOT be closed and locked during a liquid release, so discussion of key retrieval is not necessary.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Location of valve (room 1-AB-D-59) is not given in 17213-1. Radiological conditions allow entry into the room for the JPM.

Standard: Candidate locates and closes 1-1901-U4-175 (handwheel turned fully clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

  • JPM 8. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS
2. IF 1-RV-0018 will NOT close, verify closed the following:
b. A-1901-U4-239.

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Location of valve (room 1-AB-D-59) is not given in 17213-1. Radiological conditions allow entry into the room for the JPM.

Standard: Candidate locates and closes A-1901-U4-239 (handwheel turned fully clockwise).

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

6

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 9. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS

3. Request the Control Room to verify high alarm at the Radiation Monitoring System Communications Console per 17100-1, "Annunciator Response Procedures For The Process And Effluent Radiation Monitoring System (RMS)."

CUE: When requested, The Shift Supervisor will verify the high alarm.

Standard: Candidate requests that the Control Room verify the high alarm.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 10. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS

4. Notify Chemistry of the alarm and stopping of the release.

CUE: When requested, Chemistry has been notified of the alarm and stopping of the release.

Standard: Candidate notifies Chemistry of the alarm and release stoppage.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 11. 4.0 SUBSEQUENT OPERATOR ACTIONS

5. Refer to the requirements of the ODCM Manual.

CUE: An extra operator will review the ODCM.

Standard: Candidate initiates the ODCM review.

Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

7

____________________________________________________________________________

JPM 12. 5.0 COMPENSATORY OPERATOR ACTIONS NONE Standard: N/A Comment:

____________________________________________________________________________

STOP TIME: __________

Terminating cue: Candidate returns initiating cue sheet.

8

Verification of Completion Job Performance Measure No.: V-NRC-JP-17213-HL19 Examinees Name:

Examiners Name:

Date Performed:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question: ____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

Response: ___________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

Result: Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory Examiners signature and date: _____________________________ ____________

9

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

A REACTOR REACTOR REACTOR WATER LAUNDRY, WASTE SPENT RESIN WASTE COOLANT COOLANT COOLANT DISCHARGE HOT MONITOR STORAGE MONITOR DRAIN TANK DRAIN TANK DRAIN TANK LINE SHOWER TANK NO. 13 TANK TANK NO. 1 HI-LO LEVEL HI TEMP HI PRESS HI RAD TANK HI-LO LEVEL HI-LO LEVEL HI-LO HI-LO LEVEL LEVEL B REACTOR WASTE WASTE WASTE WASTE CHEMICAL WASTE COOLANT MONITOR HOLDUP HOLDUP EVAPORATOR DRAIN MONITOR DRAIN TANK TANK NO. 12 TANK TANK CONDENSATE TANK TANK NO. 2 RECIRC HI-LO LEVEL HI-HI LEVEL HI-LO LEVEL TANK HI-LO LEVEL HI-LO LO FLOW HI-LO LEVEL LEVEL C FLOOR SPENT SPENT RESIN ANNUNCIATOR DC DRAIN RESIN STORAGE GROUND POWER TANK SLUICE TANK DETECTOR FAILURE HI-LO LEVEL DISCHARGE HI PRESS LO FLOW

Initial Conditions: Unit 1 is performing a liquid radwaste release from Waste Monitor Tank #10.

Annunciator ALB05-A01, LIQUID PROCESS PANEL TROUBLE, is in alarm in the Unit 1 Control Room.

Initiating Cue: The Shift Supervisor has directed you to, Respond to the Unit 1 Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP) and take all appropriate actions per 17213-1, Annunciator Response Procedures for ALB on Waste Process Liquid Panel (PLPP).